EXHIBIT
(10)(o)
PEOPLES
BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
OMNIBUS
STOCK OWNERSHIP AND
LONG
TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
February
19, 2009
THIS IS THE OMNIBUS STOCK OWNERSHIP AND
LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (“Plan”) of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
(the “Company”), a North Carolina corporation with its principal office in
Newton, Catawba County, North Carolina, under which Incentive Stock Options and
Non-Qualified Options to acquire Shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock,
Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units, and/or
Book Value Shares may be granted from time to time to Eligible Directors and
Eligible Employees of the Company and of any of its Subsidiaries, subject to the
following provisions.
ARTICLE
I
DEFINITIONS
The following terms shall have the
meanings set forth below. Additional terms defined in this Plan shall have the
meanings ascribed to them when first used herein.
Award
.
An award, grant
or issuance of any of the Rights available under this Plan.
Award
Agreement
.
The agreement
between the Company and/or the Bank and the Grantee that evidences and sets out
the terms and conditions of an Award.
Bank
.
|
Peoples
Bank, Newton, North Carolina.
|
Board
.
The Board of
Directors of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
Book
Value Share
. The Right of a Grantee to receive cash
compensation under such terms and conditions as described in Article
VII.
Book
Value Share Agreement
. The agreement between the Company and
the Grantee with respect to Book Value Shares granted to such Grantee, including
such terms and provisions as are necessary or appropriate under Article
VII.
Change In
Control
.
Any one of
the following corporate events: (i) a Change of Ownership; (ii) a Change in
Effective Control; or (iii) a Change of Asset Ownership; in each case, as
defined herein and as further defined and interpreted in Section
409A.
(i)
“Change of Ownership” shall mean the date one person (or group) acquires
ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock previously held,
constitutes
more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock
of the Company; provided that such person (or group) did not previously own 50%
or more of the
value or voting power of the stock of the Company.
(ii)
“Change in Effective Control” means the date either (A) one person (or group)
acquires (or has acquired during the proceeding 12 months) ownership of stock of
the Company possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the Company
stock or (B) a majority of the board of directors of the Company is replaced
during any 12 month period by directors whose election is not endorsed by a
majority of the members of the board of directors of the Company prior to such
election.
(iii)
“Change of Asset Ownership” means the date one person (or group) acquires (or
has acquired during the preceding 12 months) assets from the Company that have a
total gross fair market value that is equal to or exceeds 40% of the total gross
fair market value of all the Company’s assets immediately prior to such
acquisition.
(iv) For
purposes of determining whether the Company has undergone a Change in Control
under the Plan, the term “Company” shall include any corporation that is a
majority shareholder of the Company within the meaning of Section 409A (i.e.,
owning more than 50% of the total fair market value and total voting power of
the Company).
Code
.
The Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Committee
.
The Compensation
Committee of the Board, which shall be composed solely of two or more members of
the Board who are “non-employee directors” as described in Rule 16(b)(3) of the
Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
Common
Stock
.
The Common Stock,
no par value, of the Company.
Corporate
Transaction
.
Any one or more
of the following transactions:
|
(i)
|
a
merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity,
except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the
state in which the Company is
incorporated;
|
(ii)
|
the
sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company (including without limitation the capital stock of
the Company’s Subsidiaries);
|
(iii)
|
approval
by the Company’s shareholders of any plan or proposal for the complete
liquidation or dissolution of the
Company;
|
(iv)
|
any
reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which
securities possessing more than fifty (50%) percent of the total combined
voting
|
|
power
of the Company’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or
entity or persons or entities different from those that held such
securities immediately prior to such merger;
or
|
(v)
|
acquisition
by any person or entity or related group of persons or entities (other
than the Company or a Company-sponsored employee benefit plan) of
beneficiary ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange
Act) of securities possessing more than fifty (50%) percent of the total
combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities (whether or
not in a transaction also constituting a Change in
Control).
|
Death
.
The date and time
of death of an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee who has received Rights,
as established by the relevant death certificate.
Disability
.
The date on which
an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee who has received Rights
is:
|
(i)
|
Unable
to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically
determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result
in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less
than 12 months, or
|
|
(ii)
|
By
reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment (which
can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a
continuous period of not less than 12 months) receiving income replacement
benefits for a period of 3 or more months under an accident and health
plan covering employees of the Company and/or the Bank,
or
|
|
(iii)
|
Determined
to be disabled by the Social Security
Administration.
|
Effective
Date
.
Pursuant to the
action of the Board adopting the Plan, the date as of which this Plan is
effective is the date it is approved by the Company’s shareholders.
Eligible
Directors
.
Those individuals
who are duly elected directors of the Company or any Subsidiary who are serving
in such capacity and who have been selected by the Committee as a person to whom
a Right or Rights shall be granted under the Plan.
Eligible
Employees
.
Those individuals
who meet the following eligibility requirements:
|
(i)
|
Such
individual must be a full time employee of the Company or a
Subsidiary. For this purpose, an individual shall be considered
to be an “employee” only if there exists between the Company or a
Subsidiary and the individual the legal and bona fide relationship of
employer and employee. In determining whether such relationship
exists, the regulations of the United States Treasury
Department
|
|
|
relating
to the determination of such relationship for the purpose of collection of
income tax at the source on wages shall be
applied.
|
|
(ii)
|
If
the Registration shall not have occurred, such individual must have such
knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that he or she
is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment involved
in the receipt and/or exercise of a
Right.
|
|
(iii)
|
Such
individual, being otherwise an Eligible Employee under the foregoing
items, shall have been selected by the Committee as a person to whom a
Right or Rights shall be granted under the
Plan.
|
Fair
Market Value
.
With respect to
the Company’s Common Stock, the market price per share of such Common Stock
determined by the Committee, consistent with the requirements of Sections 409
and 422 of the Code and to the extent consistent therewith, determined as
follows, as of the date specified in the context within which such term is
used:
|
(i)
|
When
there is a public market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall
be determined by (A) the closing price for a share on the market trading
day on the date of the determination (and if a closing price was not
reported on that date, then the arithmetic mean of the closing bid and
asked prices at the close of the market on that date, and if these prices
were not reported on that date, then the closing price on the last trading
date on which a closing price was reported) on the stock exchange or
national market system that is the primary market for the Shares; and (B)
if the shares are not traded on such stock exchange or national market
system, the arithmetic mean of the closing bid and asked prices for a
share on the Nasdaq Stock Market for the day prior to the date of the
determination (and if these prices were not reported on that date, then on
the last date on which these prices were reported), in each case as
reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source that the
Committee considers reliable in its exclusive
discretion.
|
|
(ii)
|
If
the Committee, in its exclusive discretion, determines that the foregoing
methods do not apply or produce a reasonable valuation, then Fair Market
Value shall be determined by an independent appraisal that satisfies the
requirements of Code Section 401(a)(28)(C) as of a date within twelve (12)
months before the date of the transaction for which the appraisal is used,
e.g., the date of grant of an Award (the “Appraisal”). If the
Committee, in its exclusive discretion, determines that the Appraisal does
not reflect information available after the date of the Appraisal that may
materially affect the value of the shares, then Fair Market Value shall be
determined by a new Appraisal.
|
|
(iii)
|
The
Committee shall maintain a written record of its method of determining
Fair Market Value.
|
Grantee
.
A person who
receives or holds an Award under the Plan.
ISO
.
An “incentive
stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.
Non-Qualified
Option
.
Any Option
granted under Article III whether designated by the Committee as a Non-Qualified
Option or otherwise, other than an Option designated by the Committee as an ISO,
or any Option so designated but which, for any reason, fails to qualify as an
ISO pursuant to Section 422 of the Code and the rules and regulations
thereunder.
Option
Agreement
.
The agreement
between the Company and a Grantee with respect to Options granted to such
Grantee, including such terms and provisions as are necessary or appropriate
under Article III.
Options
.
ISOs and
Non-Qualified Options are collectively referred to herein as “Options;”
provided, however, whenever reference is specifically made only to ISOs or
Non-Qualified Options, such reference shall be deemed to be made to the
exclusion of the other.
Parent
.
A corporation,
other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the
Company, if on the date of grant of an Award each corporation, other than the
Company, owns stock possessing at least fifty (50%) percent of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations
in the chain.
Performance
Units
.
The Right of a
Grantee to receive a combination of cash and Shares under such terms and
conditions as described in Article V.
Performance
Unit Agreement
.
The agreement
between the Company and a Grantee with respect to the award of Performance Units
to the Grantee, including such terms and conditions as are necessary or
appropriate under Article V.
Plan
Pool
.
A total of
360,000 shares of authorized but unissued Common Stock, as such number may be
adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the
Plan.
Registration
.
The registration
by the Company under the 1933 Act and applicable state “Blue Sky” and securities
laws of this Plan, the offering of Rights under this Plan, the offering of
Shares under this Plan, and/or the Shares acquirable under this
Plan.
Related
Entity
.
A
corporation or other entity, other than the Company, to which the Grantee
primarily provides services on the date of grant of an Award, and any
corporation or other entity, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of
corporations or other entities beginning with the Company in which each
corporation or other entity has a controlling interest in another corporation or
other entity in the chain, ending with the corporation or other entity that has
a controlling interest in the corporation or other entity to which the Grantee
primarily provides services on the date of grant of an Award. For a
corporation, a controlling interest means ownership of stock possessing at least
fifty (50%) percent of total combined voting power of all classes of stock, or
at least fifty (50%) percent of the total value of all classes of
stock. For a partnership or limited liability company, a controlling
interest means ownership of at least fifty
(50%)
percent of the profits interest or capital interest of the entity. In
determining ownership, the rules of Treasury Regulation §§1.414(c)-3 and
1.414(c)-4 apply.
Related
Entity Disposition
.
The sale,
distribution, or other disposition by the Company, Parent, or a Subsidiary of
all or substantially all of the interests of the Company, Parent, or a
Subsidiary in any Related Entity effected by a sale, merger, consolidation, or
other transaction involving that Related Entity, or the sale of all or
substantially all of the assets of that Related Entity, other than any Related
Entity Disposition to the Company, Parent, or a Subsidiary.
Restricted
Stock
.
The Shares which
a Grantee shall be entitled to receive under such terms and conditions as
described in Article IV.
Restricted
Stock Agreement
.
The agreement
between the Company and a Grantee with respect to Rights to receive Restricted
Stock, including such terms and provisions as are necessary or appropriate under
Article IV.
Restricted
Stock Units
.
The Right of a
Grantee to receive cash and/or Shares under such terms and conditions as
described in Article IV.
Restricted
Stock Unit Agreement
.
The agreement
between the Company and a Grantee with respect to Rights to receive the value of
Shares, either in the form of cash or Shares, including such terms and
provisions as are necessary or appropriate under Article IV.
Rights
.
The rights to
exercise, purchase or receive the Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock
Units, Performance Units, SARs and Book Value Shares described
herein.
SAR
.
The Right of a
Grantee to receive cash under such terms and conditions as described in Article
VI.
SAR
Agreement
.
The agreement
between the Company and a Grantee with respect to the SAR awarded to the
Grantee, including such terms and conditions as are necessary or appropriate
under Article VI.
SEC
.
The Securities
and Exchange Commission.
Section
409A
.
Internal Revenue
Code Section 409A, including guidance and regulations issued
thereunder.
Section
424 Corporate Transaction
.
The occurrence,
in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of any one or more
of the following: (i) a sale or disposition of all or substantially
all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries; (ii) a sale or other
disposition of more than fifty (50%) percent of the outstanding stock of the
Company; (iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, or similar
transaction after which the Company is not the surviving corporation; (iv) the
consummation of a merger, consolidation, or similar transaction after which the
Company is the surviving corporation but the shares outstanding
immediately
preceding the merger, consolidation, or similar transaction are converted or
exchanged by reason of the transaction into other stock, property, or cash; or
(v) a distribution by the Company (excluding an ordinary dividend or a stock
split or stock dividend described in Treasury Regulation
§1.424-1(e)(4)(v)).
Separation
from Service
.
When an employee,
director, and contractor to the Company, Bank, and all Parents and Related
Entities has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A,
including when the Grantee dies, retires or has a termination of service in as
explained in the following provisions:
|
(i)
|
The
employment relationship is treated as continuing intact while the Grantee
is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence, if
the period of leave does not exceed six (6) months or, if longer, as long
as the employee’s right to reemployment with the Company, Bank, a Parent
or a Related Entity is provided by statute or contract. A leave
of absence is bona fide only if there is a reasonable expectation that the
employee will return to perform services for the Company, Bank, Parent, or
Related Entity. If the period of leave exceeds six (6) months
and the Grantee’s right to reemployment is not provided by statute or
contract, the employment relationship is deemed to terminate on the first
day immediately following the six (6) month
period;
|
(ii)
|
A
director or contractor has a separation from service upon the expiration
of the contract, and if there is more than one contract, all contracts,
under which the director or contractor performs services as long as the
expiration is a good faith and complete termination of the contractual
relationship; and
|
|
(iii)
|
If
a Grantee performs services in more than one capacity, the Grantee must
separate from service in all capacities as an employee, director, and
contractor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Grantee
provides services both as an employee and a director, the services
provided as a director are not taken into account in determining whether
the Grantee has a separation from service as an employee under a
nonqualified deferred compensation plan in which the Grantee participates
as an employee and that is not aggregated under Section 409A with any plan
in which the Grantee participates as a director. In addition,
if a Grantee provides services both as an employee and a director, the
services provided as an employee are not taken into account in determining
whether the Grantee has a separation from service as a director under a
nonqualified deferred compensation plan in which the Grantee participates
as a director and that is not aggregated under Section 409A with any plan
in which the Grantee participates as an
employee.
|
Share
.
A share of Common
Stock.
Specified
Employee
.
A “specified
employee” as defined by Section 409A. As of the date of the adoption
of this amended and restated Plan, Section 409A provides that if the
Company’s
Common Stock is publicly traded on an established securities market or
otherwise, then “specified employee” means senior officers who make $130,000 or
more annually (indexed) (limited to the top 3 such officers or, if greater (up
to a maximum of 50), the top 10%)); 1% owners whose compensation is $150,000 or
more annually; and 5% owners regardless of their
compensation).
Subsidiary
.
A subsidiary corporation,
whether now or hereafter existing, under Code Section 424(f).
Tax
Withholding Liability
.
All federal and
state income taxes, social security tax, and any other taxes applicable to the
compensation income arising from the transaction required by applicable law to
be withheld by the Company.
Termination
of Employment
.
In this Plan, all
references to termination of employment mean that the Eligible Employee or
Eligible Director has had a Separation from Service.
Transfer
. The
sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance,
loan, gift, attachment, levy upon, assignment for the benefit of creditors, by
operation of law (by will or descent and distribution), transfer by a qualified
domestic relations order, a property settlement or maintenance agreement,
transfer by result of the bankruptcy laws or otherwise of a Share or of a
Right.
1933
Act
.
The Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.
1934
Act
.
The Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
ARTICLE
II
GENERAL
Section
2.1
.
Purpose
.
The purposes of
this Plan are to encourage and motivate directors and key employees to
contribute to the successful performance of the Company and its Subsidiaries and
the growth of the market value of the Common Stock; to achieve a unity of
purpose among such directors, key employees and the Company’s shareholders by
providing ownership opportunities, and a unity of interest among such parties in
the achievement of the Company’s primary long term performance objectives; and
to retain key employees by rewarding them with potentially tax-advantageous
future compensation. These objectives will be promoted through the
granting of Rights to designated Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees
pursuant to the terms of this Plan.
Section
2.2
.
Administration
.
(a) The Plan shall be
administered by the Committee which meets, and shall continue to meet, the
standards of Rule 16b-3(d)(1) promulgated by the SEC under the 1934
Act. Subject to the provisions of SEC Rule 16b-3(d)(1), the Committee
may designate any officers or employees of the Company or any Subsidiary to
assist in the administration of the Plan, to execute documents on behalf of the
Committee and to perform such other ministerial duties as may be delegated to
them by the Committee.
(b) Subject to the
provisions of the Plan, the determinations and the interpretation and
construction of any provision of the Plan by the Committee shall be final and
conclusive upon all persons affected thereby. By way of illustration
and not of limitation, the Committee shall have the discretion (a) to construe
and interpret the Plan and all Rights granted hereunder and to determine the
terms and provisions (and amendments thereof) of the Rights granted under the
Plan (which need not be identical); (b) to define the terms used in the Plan and
in the Rights granted hereunder; (c) to prescribe, amend and rescind the rules
and regulations relating to the Plan; (d) to determine the Eligible Employees to
whom and the time or times at which such Rights shall be granted, the number of
Shares, as and when applicable, to be subject to each Right, the exercise, other
relevant purchase price or value pertaining to a Right, and the determination of
leaves of absence which may be granted to Eligible Employees without
constituting a termination of their employment for the purposes of the Plan,
provided that the determination must be in compliance with Section 409A if
Section 409A applies to the Rights; and (e) to make all other determinations
necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Provided,
however, that the Committee shall administer and interpret the Plan in a manner
so as to comply with Section 409A to the extent that Section 409A applies to any
portion(s) of the Plan. Only the full Board has the discretion to
determine the Eligible Directors to whom and the time or times at which such
Rights shall be granted, the number of Shares, as and when applicable, to be
subject to each Right, the exercise, and other relevant purchase price or value
pertaining to a Right. References to the Committee contained in this
Agreement will also mean the Board wherever Rights of Eligible Directors are
addressed.
(c) It shall be in the
discretion of the Committee to grant Options to purchase Shares which qualify as
ISOs under the Code or which will be given tax treatment as Non-Qualified
Options. Any Options granted which fail to satisfy the requirements
for ISOs shall become Non-Qualified Options.
(d) The intent of the
Company is to register the (i) offering of Shares pertaining to or underlying
the Rights and the offering of Rights pursuant to this Plan, (ii) this Plan and
(iii) the Rights, to the extent required, under the 1933 Act and applicable
state securities and “Blue Sky” laws. In such event, the Company
shall make available to Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees receiving
Rights, and/or Shares in connection therewith, all disclosure documents required
under such federal and state laws. If such Registration shall not
occur, the Committee shall be responsible for supplying the recipient of a
Right, and/or Shares in connection therewith, with such information about the
Company as is contemplated by the federal and state securities laws in
connection with exemptions from the registration requirements of such laws, as
well as providing the recipient of a Right with the opportunity to ask questions
and receive answers concerning the Company and the terms and conditions of the
Rights granted under this Plan. In addition, if such Registration
shall not occur, the Committee shall be responsible for determining the maximum
number of Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees and the suitability of
particular persons to be Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees in order to
comply with applicable federal and state securities statutes and regulations
governing such exemptions.
(e) In determining the
Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees to whom Rights shall be granted and
the number of Shares to be covered by each Right, the Committee shall take into
account the nature of the services rendered by such Eligible Directors and
Eligible Employees, their present and potential contributions to the success of
the Company and/or the Subsidiaries and such other factors as the Committee
shall deem relevant. An Eligible Director or Eligible Employee who
has been granted a Right under the Plan may be granted additional Rights under
the Plan if the Committee shall so determine.
If, pursuant to the terms of the Plan,
or otherwise in connection with the Plan, it is necessary that the percentage of
stock ownership of an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee be determined, the
ownership attribution provisions set forth in Section 424(d) of the Code shall
be controlling.
(f) The granting of Rights
pursuant to this Plan is in the exclusive discretion of the Committee, and until
the Committee acts, no individual shall have any rights under this
Plan. The terms of this Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with
this intent.
Section
2.3
.
Stock
Matters
.
(a)
Shares Available for
Rights
. Shares shall be subject to, or underlying, grants of
Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, SARs, Performance Units and
Book Value Shares under this Plan. The total number of Shares for
which, or with respect to which, Rights may be granted (including the number of
Shares in respect of which Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, SARs,
Performance Units and Book Value Shares may be granted) under this Plan shall be
those designated in the Plan Pool. In the event that a Right granted
under the Plan to any Eligible Director or Eligible Employee expires or is
terminated unexercised as to any Shares covered thereby, such Shares thereafter
shall be deemed available in the Plan Pool for the granting of Rights under this
Plan; provided, however, if the expiration or termination date of a Right is
beyond the term of the Plan as described in Section 8.3, then any Shares covered
by unexercised or terminated Rights shall not reactivate the existence of this
Plan and therefore shall not be available for additional grants of Rights under
this Plan.
(b)
Adjustments Upon Changes in
Capitalization
. Subject to any required action by the
Company’s shareholders, the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Award,
and the number of Shares that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan
but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or that have been returned to
the Plan, the exercise or purchase price of each such outstanding Award, as well
as any other terms that the Committee determines in its exclusive discretion
require adjustment, may be proportionately adjusted for (a) any increase or
decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse
stock split, stock dividend, combination, or reclassification of the Shares, or
similar event affecting the Shares; (b) any other increase or decrease in the
number of issued Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the
Company; or (c) as the Committee determines in its exclusive discretion, any
other transaction with respect to Common Stock to which Code Section 424(a)
applies or any similar transaction; provided, however, that conversion of any
convertibles securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been effected
without receipt of consideration. Such adjustment, if any, shall be
made by the Committee in its exclusive discretion, and its determination shall
be final, binding and conclusive. Except as the Committee determines
in its exclusive discretion, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of
any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall
affect, and no adjustment by reason hereof shall be made with respect to, the
number or price of Shares subject to an Award.
(c)
Corporate
Transactions/Changes in Control/Related Entity
Dispositions
. Except as otherwise provided in an Award
Agreement:
|
(i)
|
On
the specified effective date of a Corporate Transaction or Change in
Control, each Award that is at the time outstanding automatically shall
become fully vested and exercisable and be released from any restrictions
on transfer (other than transfer restrictions applicable to ISOs) and
repurchase or forfeiture rights, immediately prior to the specified
effective
|
|
|
date
of such Corporate Transaction or Change in Control, for all the Shares at
the time represented by such Award (except to the extent that such
acceleration of exercisability would result in an “excess parachute
payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the
Code). Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, the Committee
may, in its exclusive discretion, provide as part of a Section 424
Corporate Transaction that any one or more of the foregoing provisions
shall not apply.
|
(ii)
|
On
the specified effective date of a Related Entity Disposition, for each
Grantee who on such specified effective date is engaged primarily in
service to the Related Entity that is the subject of the Related Entity
Disposition, each Award that is at the time outstanding automatically
shall become fully vested and exercisable and be released from any
restrictions on transfer (other than transfer restrictions applicable to
ISOs) and repurchase and forfeiture rights, immediately prior to the
specified effective date of such Related Entity Disposition, for all the
Shares at the time represented by such Award. Notwithstanding
the foregoing provisions, the Committee may, in its exclusive discretion,
provide as part of a Section 424 Corporate Transaction that any one or
more of the foregoing provisions shall not
apply.
|
(iii)
|
The
Committee may provide in any Award, Award Agreement, or as part of a
Section 424 Corporate Transaction, that if the requirements of Treas. Reg.
§1.424-1 (without regard to the requirement described in Treas. Reg.
§1.424-1(a)(2) that an eligible corporation be the employer of the
optionee) would be met if the stock right were an ISO, the substitution of
a new stock right pursuant to a Section 424 Corporate Transaction for an
outstanding stock right or the assumption of an outstanding stock right
pursuant to a Section 424 Corporate Transaction shall not be treated as
the grant of a new stock right or a change in the form of
payment. The requirement of Treas. Reg. §1.424-1(a)(5)(iii) is
deemed satisfied if the ratio of the exercise price to the Fair Market
Value of the Shares immediately after the substitution or assumption is
not greater than the ratio of the exercise price to the Fair Market Value
of the Shares immediately before the substitution or
assumption. In the case of a transaction described in Code
Section 355 in which the stock of the distributing corporation and the
stock distributed in the transaction are both readily tradable on an
established securities market immediately after the transaction, the
requirements of Treas. Reg. §1.424-1(a)(5) may be satisfied
by:
|
(1)
|
using
the last sale before or the first sale after the specified date as of
which such valuation is being made, the closing price on the last trading
day before or the trading day of a specified date, the
arithmetic
|
|
mean
of the high and low prices on the last trading day before or the trading
day of such specified date, or any other reasonable method using actual
transactions in such stock as reported by such market on a specified date,
for the stock of the distributing corporation and the stock distributed in
the transaction, provided the specified date is designated before such
specified date, and such specified date is not more than sixty (60) days
after the transaction;
|
(2)
|
using
the arithmetic mean of such market price on trading days during a
specified period designated before the beginning of such specified period,
when such specified period is not longer than thirty (30) days and ends no
later than sixty (60) days after the transaction;
or
|
(3)
|
using
an average of such prices during such prespecified period weighted based
on the volume of trading of such stock on each trading day during such
prespecified period.
|
(d)
No Limitations on Power of
Company
. The grant of a Right pursuant to this Plan shall not
affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments,
reclassification, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business
structure or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or
transfer all or any part of its business or assets.
(e) No
fractional Shares shall be issued under this Plan for any adjustment under
Section 2.3(b).
Section
2.4
.
Section
409A Matters
. T
he Plan and the
Awards issued hereunder are intended to fall within available exemptions from
the application of Section 409A of the Code (the incentive stock option
exemption, the exemption for certain nonqualified stock options and stock
appreciation rights issued at Fair Market Value, the restricted property
exemption, and/or the short-term deferral exemption). Thus, it is
intended that the Awards fall outside the scope of Section 409A and are not
required to comply with the Section 409A requirements. The Plan and
the Awards will be administered and interpreted in a manner consistent with the
intent set forth herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
this Plan or in any Award Agreement, (i) this Plan and each Award Agreement may
be amended from time to time as the Committee may determine to be necessary or
appropriate in order to avoid any grant of any Rights, this Plan, or any Award
Agreement from resulting in the inclusion of any compensation in the gross
income of any Participant under Section 409A as amended from time to time, and
(ii) if any provision of this Plan or of any Award Agreement would otherwise
result in the inclusion of any compensation in the gross income of any
Participant under Section 409A as amended from time to time, then such provision
shall not apply as to such Participant and the Committee, in its discretion, may
apply in lieu thereof another provision that (in the judgment of the Committee)
accomplishes the intent of this Plan or such Award Agreement without resulting
in such inclusion so long as such action by the Committee does not violate
Section 409A. The Company makes no representation or warranty
regarding the treatment of this Plan or the benefits payable
under
this Plan or any Award Agreement under federal, state or local income tax laws,
including Section 409A.
Section
2.5
.
Amendment
and Discontinuance
.
The Board may at any time
alter, suspend, terminate or discontinue the Plan, subject to Section 409A, and
subject to any applicable regulatory requirements and any required shareholder
approval or any shareholder approval which the Board may deem advisable for any
reason, such as for the purpose of obtaining or retaining any statutory or
regulatory benefits under tax, securities or other laws or satisfying applicable
stock exchange or quotation system listing requirements. The Board
may not, without the consent of the Grantee of an Award previously granted, make
any alteration which would deprive the Grantee of his rights with respect
thereto, except to the extent an amendment is required in order for the Award to
comply with Section 409A, if applicable to the Award, or to fall within an
exemption from Section 409A.
Section
2.6
.
Compliance
with Rule 16b-3
.
With respect to
persons subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act, transactions under this Article
III are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its
successors under the 1934 Act. To the extent any provision of this
Article III or action by the Board or the Committee fails so to comply, it shall
be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by
the Committee.
Section
2.7
.
Term and Termination of
Awards other than Performance Units
.
(a) The Committee shall
determine, and each Award Agreement shall state, the expiration date or dates of
each Award, but such expiration date shall be not later than ten (10) years
after the date such Award is granted (the “Award Period”). In the
event an ISO is granted to a 10% Shareholder, the expiration date or dates of
each Award Period shall be not later than five (5) years after the date such ISO
is granted. The Committee, in its discretion, may extend the
expiration date or dates of an Award Period after such date was originally set;
provided, however, such expiration date may not exceed the maximum expiration
date described in this Section 2.7(a). Provided further that no
extension will be granted if it would violate Section 409A to the extent that
Section 409A applies to the Award.
(b) To the extent not previously
exercised, each Award will terminate upon the expiration of the Award Period
specified in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that each such Award will
terminate upon the earlier of: (i) twelve (12) months after the date that the
Grantee ceases to be an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee by reason of
Death or Disability; or (ii) immediately as of the date that the Grantee ceases
to be an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee for any reason other than Death
or Disability. Any portions of Awards not exercised within the
foregoing periods shall terminate.
(c) This Section 2.7 applies
to all Awards other than Performance Units.
Section
2.8
.
Delay of
Certain Payments Upon Termination of Employment
.
Notwithstanding
anything in the Plan to the contrary, to the extent any Right is subject to
Section
409A, and
payment or exercise of such Right is on account of a Termination of Employment,
such payment or exercise shall only be effectuated if the Grantee incurs a
Separation from Service. Payment will occur on the 60
th
day
after the Separation from Service. Provided, however, that if the
Grantee is a Specified Employee, payment or exercise shall be effectuated on the
first day of the seventh month following the Separation from
Service.
ARTICLE
III
OPTIONS
Section
3.1
.
Grant of
Options
.
(a) The Company may grant
Options to Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees as provided in this Article
III. Options will be deemed granted pursuant to this Article III only
upon (i) authorization by the Committee, and (ii) the execution and delivery of
an Option Agreement by the Grantee and a duly authorized officer of the
Company. Options will not be deemed granted hereunder merely upon
authorization of such grant by the Committee. The aggregate number of
Shares potentially acquirable under all Options granted shall not exceed the
total number of Shares in the Plan Pool, less all Shares potentially acquired
under, or underlying, all other Rights outstanding under this Plan.
(b) The Committee shall
designate Options at the time a grant is authorized as either ISOs or
Non-Qualified Options. The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as
of the time an ISO is granted) of the Shares as to which an ISO may first become
exercisable by a Grantee in a particular calendar year (pursuant to Article III
and all other plans of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries) may not exceed
$100,000 (the “$100,000 Limitation”). If a Grantee is granted Options
in excess of the $100,000 Limitation, or if such Options otherwise become
exercisable with respect to the number of Shares which would exceed the $100,000
Limitation, such excess Options shall be Non-Qualified Options.
Section
3.2
.
Exercise
Price
.
The
exercise price of each Option granted under the Plan (the “Exercise Price”)
shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of
the Common Stock on the date of grant of the Option. In the case of
ISOs granted to a shareholder who owns capital stock of the Company possessing
more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of
the capital stock of the Company (a “10% Shareholder”), the Exercise Price of
each Option granted under the Plan to such 10% Shareholder shall not be less
than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common
Stock on the date of grant of the Option.
Section
3.3
.
Terms and Conditions of
Options
.
(a) All Options must be
granted within ten (10) years of the Effective Date.
(b) The Committee may grant
ISOs and Non-Qualified Options, either separately or jointly, to an Eligible
Employee. The Committee may grant Non-Qualified Options to an
Eligible Director but may not grant ISOs to an Eligible Director.
(c) The grant of Options
shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to
the Committee in its discretion, consistent with the provisions of this Article
III, and the Option Agreement will fix the number of Shares subject to the
Option.
(d) At the discretion of the
Committee, a Grantee, as a condition to the granting of the Option, must execute
and deliver to the Company a confidential information agreement approved by the
Committee.
(e) Nothing contained in
Article III, any Option Agreement or in any other agreement executed in
connection with the granting of an Option under this Article III will confer
upon any Grantee any right with respect to the continuation of his or her status
as an employee or director of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries.
(f) Except as otherwise provided
herein, each Option Agreement may specify the period or periods of time within
which each Option or portion thereof will first become exercisable (the “Vesting
Period”) with respect to the total number of Shares acquirable
thereunder. Such Vesting Periods will be fixed by the Committee in
its discretion, and may be accelerated or shortened by the Committee in its
discretion.
(g) Not less than one
hundred (100) Shares may be purchased at any one time through the exercise of an
Option unless the number purchased is the total number at that time purchasable
under all Options granted to the Grantee.
(h) A Grantee shall have no
rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Shares underlying
such Option until payment in full of the Exercise Price by such Grantee for the
stock being purchased. No adjustment shall be made for dividends
(ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or
distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date
such Shares is fully paid for, except as provided in Sections 2.3(b) and
2.3(c).
(i) All Shares obtained
pursuant to an Option which is designated and qualifies as an ISO shall be held
in escrow for a period which ends on the later of (i) two (2) years from the
date of the granting of the ISO or (ii) one (1) year after the issuance of such
Shares pursuant to the exercise of the ISO. Such Shares shall be held
by the Company or its designee. The Grantee who has exercised the ISO
shall have all rights of a shareholder, including, but not limited, to the
rights to vote, receive dividends and sell such shares. The sole
purpose of the escrow is to inform the Company of a disqualifying disposition of
the Shares acquired within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, and it shall
be administered solely for this purpose.
(j) When Non-Qualified
Options are transferred or exercised, the transfer or exercise shall be subject
to taxation under Code Section 83 and Treasury Regulation §1.83-7. No
Non-Qualified Option awarded hereunder shall contain any feature for the
deferral of compensation other than the deferral of recognition of income until
the later of exercise or disposition of the Option under Treasury Regulation
§1.83-7 or the time the stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of the option
first becomes substantially vested as defined in Treasury Regulation
§1.83-3(b). Further, each Non-Qualified Option will comply with any
other applicable Section 409A requirement in order to maintain the status of the
Non-Qualified Option as exempt from the requirements of Section
409A.
Section
3.4
.
Exercise of
Options
.
(a) A Grantee must at all
times be an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee from the date of grant until
the exercise of the Options granted, except as provided in Section
2.7(b).
(b) An Option may be
exercised to the extent exercisable (i) by giving written notice of exercise to
the Company, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased and, if applicable,
accompanied by full payment of the Exercise Price thereof and the amount of
withholding taxes pursuant to Section 3.4(c) below; and (ii) by giving
assurances satisfactory to the Company that the Shares to be purchased upon such
exercise are being purchased for investment and not with a view to resale in
connection with any distribution of such Shares in violation of the 1933 Act;
provided, however, that in the event of the prior occurrence of the Registration
or in the event resale of such Shares without such Registration would otherwise
be permissible, the second condition will be inoperative if, in the opinion of
counsel for the Company, such condition is not required under the 1933 Act or
any other applicable law, regulation or rule of any governmental
agency.
(c) As a condition to the
issuance of the Shares upon full or partial exercise of a Non-Qualified Option,
the Grantee will pay to the Company in cash, or in such other form as the
Committee may determine in its discretion, the amount of the Company’s Tax
Withholding Liability required in connection with such exercise.
(d) The Exercise Price of an
Option shall be payable to the Company either (i) in United States dollars, in
cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the order of the Company,
or (ii) at the discretion of the Committee, through the delivery of outstanding
shares of the Common Stock owned by the Grantee with a Fair Market Value at the
date of delivery equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option(s) being
exercised, or (iii) at the discretion of the Committee by a combination of (i)
and (ii) above. No Shares shall be delivered until full payment has
been made. Except as provided in Sections 2.3(b) and 2.3(c), the
Committee may not approve a reduction of such Exercise Price in any such Option,
or the cancellation of any such Options and the regranting thereof to the same
Grantee at a lower Exercise Price, at a time when the Fair Market Value of the
Common Stock is lower than it was when such Option was granted.
Section
3.5
.
Restrictions
On Transfer
.
An Option granted
under Article III may not be Transferred except by will or the laws of descent
and distribution and, during the lifetime of the Grantee to whom it was granted,
may be exercised only by such Grantee.
Section
3.6
.
Stock
Certificates
.
Certificates
representing the Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of Options will bear all
legends required by law and necessary to effectuate the provisions
hereof. The Company may place a “stop transfer” order against such
Shares until all restrictions and conditions set forth in this Article III, the
applicable Option Agreement, and in the legends referred to in this Section 3.6
have been complied with.
ARTICLE
IV
RESTRICTED
STOCK AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANTS
Section
4.1
.
Grants of Restricted
Stock
.
(a) The Company may grant
Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units to Eligible Directors and Eligible
Employees as provided in this Article IV. Shares of Restricted Stock
or Restricted Stock Units will be deemed granted only upon (i) authorization by
the Committee and (ii) the execution and delivery of a Restricted Stock
Agreement or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, as applicable, by the Grantee and
a duly authorized officer of the Company. Restricted Stock and
Restricted Stock Units will not be deemed to have been granted merely upon
authorization by the Committee. The aggregate number of Shares
potentially acquirable under all Restricted Stock Agreements and all Restricted
Stock Unit Agreements shall not exceed the total number of Shares in the Plan
Pool, less all Shares potentially acquirable under, or underlying, all other
Rights outstanding under this Plan.
(b) Each grant of Restricted
Stock or Restricted Stock Units pursuant to this Article IV will be evidenced by
a Restricted Stock Agreement or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, as applicable,
between the Company and the Grantee in form and substance satisfactory to the
Committee in its sole discretion, consistent with this Article
IV. Each Restricted Stock Agreement and Restricted Stock Unit
Agreement will specify the purchase price per share (the “Purchase Price”), if
any, with respect to the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units to be issued
to the Grantee thereunder. The Purchase Price will be fixed by the
Committee in its exclusive discretion. The Purchase Price will be
payable to the Company in United States dollars in cash or by check or such
other legal consideration as may be approved by the Committee, in its exclusive
discretion.
(c) Without limiting the
foregoing, each Restricted Stock Agreement and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
shall include the following terms and conditions:
(i) Nothing
contained in this Article IV, any Restricted Stock Agreement, any Restricted
Stock Unit Agreement, or in any other agreement executed in connection with the
issuance of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units under this Article IV
will confer upon any Grantee any right with respect to the
continuation
of his or her status as an employee or director of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries.
(ii) Except
as otherwise provided herein, each Restricted Stock Agreement and each
Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall specify the period or periods of time
within which each share of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit or portion
thereof will first become exercisable (the "Vesting Period") with respect to the
total number of shares of Restricted Stock acquirable
thereunder. Such Vesting Period will be fixed by the Committee in its
discretion, but generally shall be at least two (2) years and one day of
continued service with the Company. The Committee may, in its
discretion, establish a shorter Vesting Period by specifically providing for
such shorter period in the Restricted Stock Agreement; provided, however, that
the Vesting Period shall not be less than one (1) year and one day of continued
service with the Company after the date on which the Restricted Stock Right is
granted.
(iii) Each
Restricted Stock Unit Agreement shall specify whether the distribution will be
in the form of cash, shares or a combination of cash and shares.
(iv) Upon
satisfaction of the Vesting Period and any other applicable restrictions, terms
and conditions, the Grantee shall be entitled to receive his Restricted Stock or
payment of his Restricted Stock Unit(s) on or before the sixtieth (60
th
) day
following satisfaction of the Vesting Period as provided in the Restricted Stock
Agreement or Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, as applicable.
Section
4.2
.
Restrictions on Transfer of
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
.
(a) Restricted Stock Units
may not be Transferred, and shares of Restricted Stock acquired by a Grantee may
be Transferred only in accordance with the specific limitations on the Transfer
of Restricted Stock imposed by applicable state or federal securities laws and
set forth below, and subject to certain undertakings of the transferee set forth
in Section 4.2(c). All Transfers of Restricted Stock not meeting the
conditions set forth in this Section 4.2(a) are expressly
prohibited.
(b) Any Transfer of
Restricted Stock Units and any prohibited Transfer of Restricted Stock is void
and of no effect. Should such a Transfer purport to occur, the
Company may refuse to carry out the Transfer on its books, attempt to set aside
the Transfer, enforce any undertaking or right under this Section 4.2, or
exercise any other legal or equitable remedy.
(c) Any Transfer of
Restricted Stock that would otherwise be permitted under the terms of this Plan
is prohibited unless the transferee executes such documents as the Company may
reasonably require to ensure the Company’s rights under a Restricted Stock
Agreement and this Article IV are adequately protected with respect to the
Restricted
Stock so Transferred. Such documents may include, without limitation,
an agreement by the transferee to be bound by all of the terms of this Plan
applicable to Restricted Stock, and of the applicable Restricted Stock
Agreement, as if the transferee were the original Grantee of such Restricted
Stock.
(d) To facilitate the
enforcement of the restrictions on Transfer set forth in this Article IV, the
Committee may, at its discretion, require the Grantee of shares of Restricted
Stock to deliver the certificate(s) for such shares with a stock power executed
in blank by the Grantee and the Grantee’s spouse, to the Secretary of the
Company or his or her designee, to hold said certificate(s) and stock power(s)
in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such Transfers
and/or releases as are in accordance with the terms of this Plan and the
Restricted Stock Agreement. The certificates may be held in escrow so
long as the shares of Restricted Stock whose ownership they evidence are subject
to any restriction on Transfer under this Article IV or under a Restricted Stock
Agreement. Each Grantee acknowledges that the Secretary of the
Company (or his or her designee) is so appointed as the escrow holder with the
foregoing authorities as a material inducement to the issuance of shares of
Restricted Stock under this Article IV, that the appointment is coupled with an
interest, and that it accordingly will be irrevocable. The escrow
holder will not be liable to any party to a Restricted Stock Agreement (or to
any other party) for any actions or omissions unless the escrow holder is
grossly negligent relative thereto. The escrow holder may rely upon
any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be
genuine.
Section
4.3
.
Compliance
with Law
.
Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Article IV, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock
Units may be issued pursuant to this Article IV only after there has been
compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, and such
issuance will be subject to this overriding condition. The Company
may include shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units in a
Registration, but will not be required to register or qualify Restricted Stock
or Restricted Stock Units with the SEC or any state agency, except that the
Company will register with, or as required by local law, file for and secure an
exemption from such registration requirements from, the applicable securities
administrator and other officials of each jurisdiction in which an Eligible
Director or Eligible Employee would be issued Restricted Stock or Restricted
Stock Units hereunder prior to such issuance.
Section
4.4
.
Stock
Certificates
.
Certificates
representing the Restricted Stock issued pursuant to this Article IV will bear
all legends required by law and necessary to effectuate the provisions
hereof. The Company may place a “stop transfer” order against shares
of Restricted Stock until all restrictions and conditions set forth in this
Article IV, the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement and in the legends
referred to in this Section 4.4, have been complied with.
Section
4.5
.
Market
Standoff
.
To the extent
requested by the Company and any underwriter of securities of the Company in
connection with a firm commitment underwriting, no Grantee of any shares of
Restricted Stock will sell or otherwise Transfer any such shares not included in
such underwriting, or not previously registered in a Registration, during the
one
hundred
twenty (120) day period following the effective date of the registration
statement filed with the SEC in connection with such offering.
Section
4.6
.
Rights of Grantees of
Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units
.
(a) A Grantee shall have no
rights as a stockholder of the Company unless and until he receives Restricted
Shares at the conclusion of the Vesting Period.
(b) A Grantee shall have no
rights other than those of a general creditor of the
Company. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units represent an
unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.
(c) Unless the Committee
otherwise provides in a dividend agreement awarded to the Grantee at the time of
the Award Agreement, the Grantee shall have no rights to dividends, whether cash
or stock, until the Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units vest and
Shares are delivered to the Grantee except as provided in Sections 2.3(b) and
2.3(c).
ARTICLE
V
PERFORMANCE
UNITS
Section
5.1
.
Awards of Performance
Units
.
(a) The Committee may grant
awards of Performance Units to Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees as
provided in this Article V. Performance Units will be deemed granted
only upon (i) authorization by the Committee and (ii) the execution and delivery
of a Performance Unit Agreement by the Grantee and an authorized officer of the
Company. Performance Units will not be deemed granted merely upon
authorization by the Committee. Performance Units may be granted in
such amounts and to such Grantees as the Committee may determine in its sole
discretion subject to the limitation in Section 5.2 below.
(b) Each grant of
Performance Units pursuant to this Article V will be evidenced by a Performance
Unit Agreement between the Company and the Grantee in form and substance
satisfactory to the Committee in its sole discretion, consistent with this
Article V.
(c) Except as otherwise
provided herein, Performance Units will be distributed only after the end of a
performance period of two or more years (“Performance Period”) beginning with
the year in which such Performance Units were awarded. The
Performance Period shall be set by the Committee for each year’s
awards.
(d) The percentage of the
Performance Units awarded under this Section 5.1 that will be distributed to
Grantees shall depend on the levels of financial performance and other
performance objectives achieved during each year of the Performance Period;
provided,
however, that the Committee may adopt one or more performance categories or
eliminate all performance categories other than financial
performance. Financial performance shall be based on the consolidated
results of the Company and its Subsidiaries prepared on the same basis as the
financial statements published for financial reporting purposes and determined
in accordance with Section 5.1(e) below. Other performance categories
adopted by the Committee shall be based on measurements of performance as the
Committee shall deem appropriate.
(e) Distributions of
Performance Units awarded will be based on the Company’s financial performance
with results from other performance categories applied as a factor, not
exceeding one, against financial results. The annual financial and
other performance results will be averaged over the Performance Period and
translated into percentage factors according to graduated criteria established
by the Committee for the entire Performance Period. The resulting
percentage factors shall determine the percentage of Units to be
distributed.
No distributions of Performance Units,
based on financial performance and other performance, shall be made if a minimum
average percentage of the applicable measurement of performance, to be
established by the Committee, is not achieved for the Performance
Period. The performance levels achieved for each Performance Period
and percentage of Performance Units to be distributed shall be conclusively
determined by the Committee.
(f) The percentage of
Performance Units awarded and which Grantees become entitled to receive based on
the levels of performance will be determined as soon as practicable after each
Performance Period and are called “Retained Performance Units.”
(g) On or before the 60
th
day
after determination of the number of Retained Performance Units, such Retained
Performance Units shall be distributed in the form of a combination of shares
and cash. The Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine how
much of the Retained Performance Unit will be distributed in cash and how much
will be distributed in Shares. The Performance Units awarded, but
which Grantees do not become entitled to receive, shall be
cancelled.
(h) Notwithstanding any
other provision in this Article V, the Committee, if it determines in its sole
discretion that it is necessary or advisable under the circumstances, may adopt
rules pursuant to which Eligible Employees by virtue of hire, or promotion or
upgrade to a higher employee grade classification, or special individual
circumstances, may be granted the total award of Performance Units or any
portion thereof, with respect to one or more Performance Periods that began in
prior years and at the time of the awards have not yet been
completed.
Section
5.2
.
Limitations
.
The aggregate
number of Shares potentially distributable under all Units granted shall not
exceed the total number of Shares in the Plan Pool, less all Shares potentially
acquirable under, or underlying, all other Rights outstanding under this
Plan.
Section
5.3
.
Terms and
Conditions
.
(a) All awards of
Performance Units must be made within ten (10) years of the original Effective
Date.
(b) The award of Performance
Units shall be evidenced by a Performance Unit Agreement in form and substance
satisfactory to the Committee in its discretion, consistent with the provisions
of this Article V.
(c) Nothing contained in
this Article V, any Performance Unit Agreement or in any other agreement
executed in connection with the award of Performance Units under this Article V
will confer upon any Grantee any right with respect to the continuation of his
or her status as an employee or director of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries.
Section
5.4
.
Special Distribution
Rules
.
(a) Except as otherwise
provided in this Section 5.4, a Grantee must be an Eligible Director or Eligible
Employee from the date a Unit is awarded to him or her continuously through and
including the date of distribution of such Unit.
(b) In case of the Death or
Disability of a Grantee prior to the end of any Performance Period, whether
before or after any event set forth in Section 2.3(c), the number of Performance
Units awarded to the Grantee for such Performance Period shall be reduced pro
rata based on the number of months remaining in the Performance Period after the
month of Death or Disability. The remaining Performance Units,
reduced in the discretion of the Committee to the percentage indicated by the
levels of performance achieved prior to the date of Death or Disability, if any,
shall be distributed within a reasonable time after Death or
Disability. All other Units awarded to the Grantee for such
Performance Period shall be cancelled.
(c) In case of the
termination of the Grantee’s status as an Eligible Director or Eligible Employee
prior to the end of any Performance Period for any reason other than Death or
Disability, all Performance Units awarded to the Grantee with respect to any
such Performance Period shall be immediately forfeited and
cancelled.
(d) Upon a Grantee’s
promotion to a higher employee grade classification, the Committee may award to
the Grantee the total Performance Units, or any portion thereof, which are
associated with the higher employee grade classification for the current
Performance Period.
Notwithstanding any other provision of
the Plan, the Committee may reduce or eliminate awards to a Grantee who has been
demoted to a lower employee grade classification, and where circumstances
warrant, may permit continued participation, proration or early distribution, or
a combination thereof, of awards which would otherwise be
cancelled.
Section
5.5
.
Rights of Grantees of
Performance Units
.
(a) A Grantee shall have no
rights as a stockholder of the Company unless and until he receives Shares, if
any.
(b) A Grantee shall have no
rights other than those of a general creditor of the
Company. Performance Units represent an unfunded and unsecured
obligation of the Company.
(c) Unless the Committee
otherwise provides in a dividend agreement awarded to the Grantee at the time of
the Performance Unit Agreement, the Grantee shall have no rights to dividends,
whether cash or stock, unless and until Shares are delivered to the Grantee
except as provided in Sections 2.3(b) and 2.3(c).
Section
5.6
.
Extraordinary
Adjustment
.
In addition to
the provisions of Section 2.3(b), if an extraordinary change occurs during a
Performance Period which significantly alters the basis upon which the
performance levels were established under Section 5.1 for that Performance
Period, to avoid distortion in the operation of this Article V, but subject to
Section 5.2, the Committee may make adjustments in such performance levels to
preserve the incentive features of this Article V, whether before or after the
end of the Performance Period, to the extent it deems appropriate in its sole
discretion, which adjustments shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties
concerned. Provided, however, that such adjustment must comply with
Section 409A. Such changes may include, without limitation, adoption
of, or changes in, accounting practices, tax laws and regulatory or other laws
or regulations; economic changes not in the ordinary course of business cycles;
or compliance with judicial decrees or other legal authorities.
Section
5.7
.
Other
Conditions
.
(a) No person shall have any
claim to be granted an award of Performance Units under this Article V and there
is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Eligible Directors, Eligible
Employees or Grantees under this Article V. Performance Units under
this Article V may not be Transferred.
(b) The Company shall have
the right to deduct from any distribution or payment in cash under this Article
V, and the Grantee or other person receiving Shares under this Article V shall
be required to pay to the Company, any Tax Withholding Liability. The
number of Shares to be distributed to any individual Grantee may be reduced by
the number of Shares, the Fair Market Value on the Distribution Date (as defined
in Section 5.7(d) below) of which is equivalent to the cash necessary to pay any
Tax Withholding Liability, where the cash to be distributed is not sufficient to
pay such Tax Withholding Liability or the Grantee may deliver to the Company
cash sufficient to pay such Tax Withholding Liability.
(c) Any distribution of
Shares under this Article V may be delayed until the requirements of any
applicable laws or regulations, and any stock exchange or Nasdaq National Market
requirements, are satisfied. The Shares distributed under this
Article V shall be subject to such restrictions and conditions on disposition as
counsel for the Company shall determine to be desirable or necessary under
applicable law.
(d) For the purpose of
distribution of Performance Units in cash, the value of a Performance Unit shall
be the Fair Market Value on the Distribution Date. The “Distribution
Date” shall be the first business day of April in the year of distribution,
except that in the case of special distributions the Distribution Date shall be
the first business day of the month in which the Committee determines the
distribution.
(e) Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Article V and subject also to Section 5.5(c), no
dividends shall accrue and no distributions of Performance Units shall be made
if at the time a dividend would otherwise have accrued or distribution would
otherwise have been made:
(i) The regular quarterly
dividend on the Common Stock has been omitted and not subsequently paid or there
exists any default in payment of dividends on any such outstanding shares of
capital stock of the Company;
(ii) The rate of dividends
on the Common Stock is lower than at the time the Performance Units to which the
accrued dividend relates were awarded, adjusted for any change of the type
referred to in Section 2.3(b).
(iii) Estimated consolidated
net income of the Company for the twelve-month period preceding the month the
dividend would otherwise have accrued distribution would otherwise have been
made is less than the sum of the amount of the accrued dividends and Performance
Units eligible for distribution under this Article V in that month plus all
dividends applicable to such period on an accrual basis, either paid, declared
or accrued at the most recently paid rate, on all outstanding shares of Common
Stock; or
(iv) The dividend accrual or
distribution would result in a default in any agreement by which the Company is
bound.
(f) In the event net income
available under Section 5.7(e) above for accrued dividends and awards eligible
for distribution under this Article V is sufficient to cover part but not all of
such amounts, the following order shall be applied in making payments: (i)
accrued dividends, and (ii) Performance Units eligible for distribution under
this Article V.
Section
5.8
.
Restrictions
On Transfer
.
Performance Units
granted under Article V may not be Transferred except by will or the laws of
descent and distribution or as otherwise provided in Section 5.9, and during the
lifetime of the Grantee to whom it was awarded, cash and Shares receivable with
respect to Performance Units may be received only by such Grantee.
Section
5.9
.
Designation
of Beneficiaries
.
A Grantee may
designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive all or part of the Shares
and/or cash to be distributed to the Grantee under this Article V in case of
Death. A designation of beneficiary may be replaced by a new
designation or may be revoked by the Grantee at any time. A
designation or revocation shall be on a form to be provided for that purpose and
shall be signed by the Grantee and delivered to the Company prior to the
Grantee’s Death. In case of the Grantee’s Death, the amounts to be
distributed to the Grantee under this Article V with respect to which a
designation of beneficiary has been made (to the extent it is valid and
enforceable under applicable law) shall be distributed in accordance with this
Article V to the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries. The amount
distributable to a Grantee upon Death and not subject to such a designation
shall be distributed to the Grantee’s estate. If there shall be any
question as to the legal right of any beneficiary to receive a distribution
under this Article V, the amount in question may be paid to the estate of the
Grantee, in which event the Company shall have no further liability to anyone
with respect to such amount.
ARTICLE
VI
STOCK
APPRECIATION RIGHTS
Section
6.1
.
Grants of
SARs
.
(a) The Company may grant
SARs to Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees under this Article
VI. SARs will be deemed granted only upon (i) authorization by the
Committee and (ii) the execution and delivery of a SAR Agreement by the Grantee
and a duly authorized officer of the Company. SARs will not be deemed
granted merely upon authorization by the Committee. The aggregate
number of Shares which shall underlie SARs granted hereunder shall not exceed
the total number of Shares in the Plan Pool, less all Shares potentially
acquirable under, or underlying, all other Rights outstanding under this
Plan.
(b) Each grant of SARs
pursuant to this Article VI shall be evidenced by a SAR Agreement between the
Company and the Grantee, in form and substance satisfactory to the Committee in
its sole discretion, consistent with this Article VI.
Section
6.2
.
Terms and
Conditions of SARs
.
(a) All SARs must be granted
within ten (10) years of the Effective Date.
(b) Each SAR issued pursuant
to this Article VI shall have an initial base value (the “Base Value”) equal to
the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of issuance of the
SAR (the “SAR Issuance Date”).
(c) Nothing contained in
this Article VI, any SAR Agreement or in any other agreement executed in
connection with the granting of a SAR under this Article VI will confer upon any
Grantee any right with respect to the continuation of his or her status as an
employee or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
(d) Except as otherwise
provided herein, each SAR Agreement shall specify the number of Shares covered
by the SAR and the period or periods of time within which each SAR or portion
thereof will first become exercisable (the “SAR Vesting Period”) with respect to
the total Cash Payment (as defined in Section 6.4(b)) receivable
thereunder. Such SAR Vesting Period will be fixed by the Committee in
its discretion, and may be accelerated or shortened by the Committee in its
discretion.
(e) SARs relating to no less
than one hundred (100) Shares may be exercised at any one time unless the number
exercised is the total number at that time exercisable under all SARs granted to
the Grantee.
(f) A Grantee shall have no
rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Shares covered by
such SAR. No adjustment shall be made to a SAR for dividends
(ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other
property).
|
(g) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, no
SAR shall contain any feature for the deferral of compensation other than
the right to receive compensation equal to the difference between the Base
Value on the date of grant and the Fair Market Value of the Share on the
date of Exercise.
|
Section
6.3
.
Restrictions
on Transfer of SARs
. Each SAR granted under this Article VI
may not be Transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or
as otherwise provided in Section 6.5, and during the lifetime of the Grantee to
whom it was granted, may be exercised only by such Grantee.
Section
6.4
.
Exercise
of SARs
.
(a) A Grantee, or his or her
executors or administrators, or heirs or legatees, shall exercise a SAR of the
Grantee by giving written notice of such exercise to the Company (the “SAR
Exercise Date”). SARs may be exercised only upon the completion of
the SAR Vesting Period applicable to such SAR.
(b) Within ten (10) days of
the SAR Exercise Date applicable to a SAR exercised in accordance with Section
6.4(a), the Grantee shall be paid in cash the difference between the Base Value
of such SAR and the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the SAR Exercise
Date (the “Cash Payment”), reduced by the Tax Withholding Liability arising from
such exercise.
Section
6.5
.
Designation
of Beneficiaries
. A Grantee may designate a beneficiary or
beneficiaries to receive all or part of the cash to be paid to the Grantee under
this Article VI in case of Death. A designation of beneficiary may be
replaced by a new designation or may be revoked by the Grantee at any
time. A designation or revocation shall be on a form to be provided
for that purpose and shall be signed by the Grantee and delivered to the Company
prior to the Grantee’s Death. In case of the Grantee’s Death, the
amounts to be distributed to the Grantee under this Article VI with respect to
which a designation of beneficiary has been made (to the extent it is valid and
enforceable under applicable law) shall be distributed in accordance with this
Article VI to the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries. The amount
distributable to a Grantee upon Death and not subject to such a designation
shall be distributed to the Grantee’s estate. If there shall be any
question as to the legal right of any beneficiary to receive a distribution
under this Article VI, the amount in question may be paid to the estate of the
Grantee, in which event the Company shall have no further liability to anyone
with respect to such amount.
ARTICLE
VII
BOOK
VALUE SHARES
Section
7.1
.
Grant of
Book Value Shares.
The Company may grant
Book Value Shares to Eligible Directors and Eligible Employees as provided in
this Article VII. Book Value Shares will be deemed granted only (i)
authorization by the Committee and (ii) the execution and delivery of a Book
Value Share Agreement by the Grantee and a duly authorized officer of the
Company. Book Value Shares will not be deemed granted hereunder
merely upon authorization of such grant by the Committee. The
aggregate number of Book Value Shares potentially granted shall not exceed the
total number of shares in the Plan Pool, less all Shares potentially acquirable
under, or underlying, all other Rights outstanding under this Plan.
Section
7.2
.
Initial
Value.
The initial value of each Book Value Share
granted under this Plan (the “Initial Value”) shall be the book value of the
Common Stock on the day of issuance.
Section
7.3
.
Terms and Conditions of Book
Value Shares.
(a) All Book Value Shares
must be granted within ten (10) years of the Effective Date.
(b) The Committee may make
more than one grant of Book Value Shares to a Grantee.
(c) Each grant of Book Value
Shares shall be evidenced by a Book Value Share Agreement in form and substance
satisfactory to the Committee in its discretion, consistent with the provisions
of this Article VII.
(d) Nothing contained in
Article VII, any Book Value Share Agreement or in any other agreement executed
in connection with the granting of Book Value Shares under
this
Article VII will confer upon any Grantee any right with respect to the
continuation of his or her status as an employee or director of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries.
(e) Except as otherwise
provided herein, each Book Value Share Agreement may specify the period or
periods of time within which each Book Value Share or portion thereof will first
become redeemable (the “Vesting Period”) with respect to the total number of
Book Value Shares acquirable thereunder. Such Vesting Periods will be
fixed by the Committee in its discretion, and may be accelerated or shortened by
the Committee in its discretion provided that such acceleration is consistent
with Section 409A.
Section
7.4
.
Redemption of Book Value
Shares.
(a) A Grantee must be an
Eligible Employee or Eligible Director at all times from the date of grant until
the redemption of the Book Value Shares granted, except as provided in Section
2.7(b).
(b) A Book Value Share may
be redeemed to the extent redeemable by giving written notice of redemption to
the Company, specifying the number of full Book Value Shares to be redeemed and,
if applicable, accompanied by full payment of the amount of the Tax Withholding
Liability pursuant to Section 7.4(c) below.
(c) As a condition to the
redemption, in full or in part, of the Book Value Shares, the Grantee will pay
to the Company in cash, or in such other form as the Committee may determine in
its discretion, the amount of the Tax Withholding Liability required in
connection with such exercise.
(d) Book Value Shares shall
be redeemed for (i) the then current book value of the Common Stock and the mark
to market valuation of the Company’s investment securities portfolio in
accordance with FASB 115 less (ii) the Initial Value per share.
(e) The monies due shall be
payable to the Grantee either in United States dollars, in cash or by check,
draft or money order payable to the order of the Grantee.
Section 7.5.
Rights of Grantees of Book
Value Shares
.
(a) A Grantee shall have no
rights as a stockholder of the Company unless and until he receives Book Value
Shares at the conclusion of the Vesting Period.
(b) A Grantee shall have no
rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Book
Value Shares represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the
Company.
(c) Unless the Committee
otherwise provides in a dividend agreement awarded to the Grantee at the time of
the Book Value Agreement, the Grantee shall have
no rights
to dividends, whether cash or stock, or an adjustment for dividends, except as
provided in Sections 2.3(b) and 2.3(c). No adjustment shall be made
if the adjustment would cause the Book Value Shares granted hereunder to be
considered deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, or would
otherwise subject the Book Value Shares to Section 409A.
Section
7.6
.
Restrictions
on Transfer.
A Book Value Share
granted under Article VII may not be Transferred except by will or the laws of
descent and distribution or as otherwise provided in Section 7.7, and during the
lifetime of the Grantee to whom it was granted, may be exercised only by such
Grantee.
Section
7.7
.
Designation
of Beneficiaries
.
A Grantee may
designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive all or part of the cash to
be distributed to the Grantee under this Article VII in case of
Death. A designation of beneficiary may be replaced by a new
designation or may be revoked by the Grantee at any time. A
designation or revocation shall be on a form to be provided for that purpose and
shall be signed by the Grantee and delivered to the Company prior to the
Grantee’s Death. In case of the Grantee’s Death, the amounts to be
distributed to the Grantee under this Article VII with respect to which a
designation of beneficiary has been made (to the extent it is valid and
enforceable under applicable law) shall be distributed in accordance with this
Article VII to the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries. The
amount distributable to a Grantee upon Death and not subject to such a
designation shall be distributed to the Grantee’s estate. If there
shall be any question as to the legal right of any beneficiary to receive a
distribution under this Article VII, the amount in question may be paid to the
estate of the Grantee, in which event the Company shall have no further
liability to anyone with respect to such amount.
Section
7.8
.
Evidence
of Participation.
In lieu of certificates
representing the Book Value Shares issued pursuant to this Plan, the Book Value
Share Agreement shall serve as evidence of ownership.
ARTICLE
VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section
8.1
.
Application
of Funds
.
The proceeds
received by the Company from the sale of Shares pursuant to the exercise of
Rights will be used for general corporate purposes.
Section
8.2
.
No
Obligation to Exercise Right
.
The granting of a
Right shall impose no obligation upon the recipient to exercise such
Right.
Section
8.3
.
Term of
Plan
.
Except as
otherwise specifically provided herein, Rights may be granted pursuant to this
Plan from time to time within ten (10) years from the Effective
Date.
Section
8.4
.
Captions
and Headings; Gender and Number
.
Captions and
paragraph headings used herein are for convenience only, do not modify or affect
the meaning of any provision herein, are not a part, and shall not serve as a
basis for interpretation or construction of this Plan. As used
herein, the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and the
singular number shall include the plural, and vice versa, whenever such meanings
are appropriate.
Section
8.5
.
Expenses
of Administration of Plan
.
All costs and
expenses incurred in the operation and administration of this Plan shall be
borne by the Company or by one or more Subsidiaries. The Company
shall indemnify, defend and hold each member of the Committee harmless against
all claims, expenses and liabilities arising out of or related to the exercise
of the Committee’s powers and the discharge of the Committee’s duties
hereunder.
Section
8.6
.
Governing
Law
.
Without
regard to the principles of conflicts of laws, the laws of the State of North
Carolina shall govern and control the validity, interpretation, performance, and
enforcement of this Plan.
Section
8.7
.
Inspection
of Plan
.
A copy
of this Plan, and any amendments thereto, shall be maintained by the Secretary
of the Company and shall be shown to any proper person making inquiry about
it.
Section
8.8
.
Severable
Provisions
.
The Company
intends that the provisions of Articles III, IV, V, VI and VII, in each case
together with Articles I, II and VIII, shall each be deemed to be effective on
an independent basis, and that if one or more of such Articles, or the operative
provisions thereof, shall be deemed invalid, void or voidable, the remainder of
such Articles shall continue in full force and effect.
EXHIBIT (13)
Appendix A to the Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders
APPENDIX A
PEOPLES
BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
General
Description of Business
Peoples
Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (the “Company”), was formed in 1999 to serve as
the holding company for Peoples Bank (the “Bank”). The Company is a
bank holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of
1956, as amended (the “BHCA”). The Company’s principal source of
income is any dividends, which are declared and paid by the Bank on its capital
stock. The Company has no operations and conducts no business of its
own other than owning the Bank. Accordingly, the discussion of the
business which follows concerns the business conducted by the Bank, unless
otherwise indicated.
The Bank,
founded in 1912, is a state-chartered commercial bank serving the citizens and
business interests of the Catawba Valley and surrounding communities through 21
banking offices located in Lincolnton, Newton, Denver, Catawba, Conover, Maiden,
Claremont, Hiddenite, Hickory, Charlotte, Monroe, Cornelius, Mooresville and
Raleigh North Carolina. The Bank also operates a loan production
office in Denver, North Carolina. At December 31, 2008, the Company
had total assets of $968.8 million, net loans of $770.2 million, deposits of
$721.1 million, total securities of $131.2 million, and shareholders’ equity of
$101.1 million.
The Bank
has a diversified loan portfolio, with no foreign loans and few agricultural
loans. Real estate loans are predominately variable rate commercial
property loans, which include residential development loans to commercial
customers. Commercial loans are spread throughout a variety of
industries with no one particular industry or group of related industries
accounting for a significant portion of the commercial loan
portfolio. The majority of the Bank's deposit and loan customers are
individuals and small to medium-sized businesses located in the Bank's market
area. The Bank’s loan portfolio also includes Individual Taxpayer
Identification Number (ITIN) mortgage loans generated thorough the Bank’s Banco
de le Gente offices. Additional discussion of the Bank’s loan
portfolio and sources of funds for loans can be found in “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on
pages A-4 through A-29 of the Annual Report, which is included in this Form 10-K
as Exhibit 13.
The
operations of the Bank and depository institutions in general are significantly
influenced by general economic conditions and by related monetary and fiscal
policies of depository institution regulatory agencies, including the Federal
Reserve, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the North
Carolina Commissioner of Banks (the "Commissioner").
At
December 31, 2008, the Bank employed 270 full-time equivalent
employees.
Subsidiaries
The Bank is a subsidiary of the Company. The Bank has two
subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc. and Real Estate Advisory
Services, Inc.
Through a relationship
with Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., Peoples Investment Services, Inc.
provides the Bank's customers access to investment counseling and non-deposit
investment products such as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, tax deferred annuities,
and related brokerage services. Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc.,
provides real estate appraisal and real estate brokerage services.
In June
2006, the Company formed a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK Capital
Trust II (“PEBK Trust II”), which issued $20.0 million of guaranteed preferred
beneficial interests in the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest
debentures. All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II are owned
by the Company. The proceeds from the issuance of the common
securities and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK Trust II to
purchase $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of the Company, which
pay a floating rate equal to three month LIBOR plus 163 basis
points. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the
junior subordinated debentures were used in December 2006 to repay the trust
preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust in December 2001 and for general
purposes. The debentures represent the sole asset of PEBK Trust
II. PEBK Trust II is not included in the consolidated financial
statements.
The trust
preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay quarterly at a
floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points. The Company
has guaranteed distributions and other payments due on the trust preferred
securities to the extent PEBK Trust II does not have funds with which to make
the distributions and other payments. The net combined effect of the
trust preferred securities transaction is that the Company is obligated to make
the distributions and other payments required on the trust preferred
securities.
These
trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the
debentures on June 28, 2036, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the
indenture. The Company has the right to redeem the debentures
purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, on or after June 28,
2011. As specified in the indenture, if the debentures are redeemed
prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the principal amount and any
accrued but unpaid interest.
This
report contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial
condition, results of
operations
and business of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (the
“Company”). These forward-looking statements involve risks and
uncertainties and are based on the beliefs and assumptions of management of the
Company and on the information available to management at the time that these
disclosures were prepared. These statements can be identified by the use of
words like “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate” and “believe,” variations of these
words and other similar expressions. Readers should not place undue
reliance on forward-looking statements as a number of important factors could
cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking
statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ
materially include, but are not limited to, (1) competition in the markets
served by Peoples Bank (the “Bank”), (2) changes in the interest rate
environment, (3) general national, regional or local economic conditions may be
less favorable than expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration
in credit quality and the possible impairment of collectibility of loans, (4)
legislative or regulatory changes, including changes in accounting standards,
(5) significant changes in the federal and state legal and regulatory
environment and tax laws, (6) the impact of changes in monetary and fiscal
policies, laws, rules and regulations and (7) other risks and factors identified
in the Company’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. The Company undertakes no obligation to update any
forward-looking statements.
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dollars
in Thousands Except Per Share Amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
Summary
of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
income
|
$
|
56,323
|
|
61,732
|
|
|
55,393
|
|
41,913
|
|
35,095
|
Interest
expense
|
|
23,527
|
|
27,585
|
|
|
23,110
|
|
15,429
|
|
12,335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest income
|
|
32,796
|
|
34,147
|
|
|
32,283
|
|
26,484
|
|
22,760
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
|
4,794
|
|
2,038
|
|
|
2,513
|
|
3,110
|
|
3,256
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest income after provision for loan losses
|
|
28,002
|
|
32,109
|
|
|
29,770
|
|
23,374
|
|
19,504
|
Non-interest
income
|
|
10,495
|
|
8,816
|
|
|
7,554
|
|
6,668
|
|
6,000
|
Non-interest
expense
|
|
28,893
|
|
25,993
|
|
|
22,983
|
|
20,330
|
|
18,840
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
before taxes
|
|
9,604
|
|
14,932
|
|
|
14,341
|
|
9,712
|
|
6,664
|
Income
taxes
|
|
3,213
|
|
5,340
|
|
|
5,170
|
|
3,381
|
|
2,233
|
Net
income
|
$
|
6,391
|
|
9,592
|
|
|
9,171
|
|
6,331
|
|
4,431
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selected
Year-End Balances
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
$
|
968,762
|
|
907,262
|
|
|
818,948
|
|
730,280
|
|
686,348
|
Available
for sale securities
|
|
124,916
|
|
120,968
|
|
|
117,581
|
|
115,158
|
|
105,598
|
Loans,
net
|
|
770,163
|
|
713,174
|
|
|
643,078
|
|
559,239
|
|
527,419
|
Mortgage
loans held for sale
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
2,248
|
|
3,783
|
Interest-earning
assets
|
|
921,101
|
|
853,878
|
|
|
780,082
|
|
692,835
|
|
653,111
|
Deposits
|
|
721,062
|
|
693,639
|
|
|
633,820
|
|
582,854
|
|
556,522
|
Interest-bearing
liabilities
|
|
758,334
|
|
718,870
|
|
|
650,364
|
|
576,681
|
|
553,135
|
Shareholders'
equity
|
$
|
101,128
|
|
70,102
|
|
|
62,835
|
|
54,353
|
|
50,938
|
Shares
outstanding*
|
|
5,539,056
|
|
5,624,234
|
|
|
5,745,951
|
|
5,677,328
|
|
5,689,763
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selected
Average Balances
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
$
|
929,799
|
|
846,836
|
|
|
772,585
|
|
706,843
|
|
684,385
|
Available
for sale securities
|
|
115,853
|
|
120,296
|
|
|
118,137
|
|
108,690
|
|
93,770
|
Loans
|
|
747,203
|
|
665,379
|
|
|
604,427
|
|
550,545
|
|
547,753
|
Interest-earning
assets
|
|
876,425
|
|
801,094
|
|
|
732,244
|
|
668,614
|
|
650,528
|
Deposits
|
|
720,918
|
|
659,174
|
|
|
605,407
|
|
570,997
|
|
558,142
|
Interest-bearing
liabilities
|
|
740,478
|
|
665,727
|
|
|
613,686
|
|
563,210
|
|
553,880
|
Shareholders'
equity
|
$
|
76,241
|
|
70,586
|
|
|
62,465
|
|
55,989
|
|
51,978
|
Shares
outstanding*
|
|
5,588,314
|
|
5,700,860
|
|
|
5,701,829
|
|
5,692,290
|
|
5,707,975
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profitability
Ratios
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return
on average total assets
|
|
0.69%
|
|
1.13%
|
|
|
1.19%
|
|
0.90%
|
|
0.65%
|
Return
on average shareholders' equity
|
|
8.38%
|
|
13.59%
|
|
|
14.68%
|
|
11.31%
|
|
8.52%
|
Dividend
payout ratio
|
|
41.93%
|
|
24.30%
|
|
|
20.78%
|
|
22.34%
|
|
28.37%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidity
and Capital Ratios (averages)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loan
to deposit
|
|
103.65%
|
|
100.94%
|
|
|
99.84%
|
|
96.42%
|
|
98.14%
|
Shareholders'
equity to total assets
|
|
8.20%
|
|
8.34%
|
|
|
8.09%
|
|
7.92%
|
|
7.59%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per
share of common stock*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
net income
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
1.68
|
|
|
1.61
|
|
1.11
|
|
0.77
|
Diluted
net income
|
$
|
1.13
|
|
1.65
|
|
|
1.58
|
|
1.09
|
|
0.77
|
Cash
dividends
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
0.41
|
|
|
0.33
|
|
0.25
|
|
0.22
|
Book
value
|
$
|
13.73
|
|
12.46
|
|
|
10.94
|
|
9.57
|
|
8.95
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*Shares
outstanding and per share computations have been retroactively restated to
reflect a 10% stock dividend during first quarter 2005, a 10% stock
dividend during second quarter 2006 and a 3-for-2 stock split during
second quarter
2007.
|
MANAGEMENT'S
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The
following is a discussion of our financial position and results of operations
and should be read in conjunction with the information set forth under Item 1A
Risk Factors and the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes
thereto on pages A-30 through A-61.
Introduction
Management's discussion and analysis of
earnings and related data are presented to assist in understanding the
consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company, for
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The Company is a
registered bank holding company operating under the supervision of the Federal
Reserve Board and the parent company of Peoples Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank is a
North Carolina-chartered bank, with offices in Catawba, Lincoln, Alexander,
Mecklenburg, Iredell, Union and Wake counties, operating under the banking laws
of North Carolina and the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (the “FDIC”).
Overview
Our
business consists principally of attracting deposits from the general public and
investing these funds in commercial loans, real estate mortgage loans, real
estate construction loans and consumer loans. Our profitability depends
primarily on our net interest income, which is the difference between the income
we receive on our loan and investment securities portfolios and our cost of
funds, which consists of interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds. Net
interest income also is affected by the relative amounts of interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing liabilities. When interest-earning assets
approximate or exceed interest-bearing liabilities, a positive interest rate
spread will generate net interest income. Our profitability is also affected by
the level of other income and operating expenses. Other income consists
primarily of miscellaneous fees related to our loans and deposits, mortgage
banking income and commissions from sales of annuities and mutual funds.
Operating expenses consist of compensation and benefits, occupancy related
expenses, federal deposit and other insurance premiums, data processing,
advertising and other expenses.
Our
operations are influenced significantly by local economic conditions and by
policies of financial institution regulatory authorities. The earnings on our
assets are influenced by the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and
fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”), inflation,
interest rates, market and monetary fluctuations. Lending activities
are affected by the demand for commercial and other types of loans, which in
turn is affected by the interest rates at which such financing may be
offered. Our cost of funds is influenced by interest rates on
competing investments and by rates offered on similar investments by competing
financial institutions in our market area, as well as general market interest
rates. These factors can cause fluctuations in our net interest income and other
income. In addition, local economic conditions can impact the credit risk of our
loan portfolio, in that (1) local employers may be required to eliminate
employment positions of individual borrowers, and small businesses and (2)
commercial borrowers may experience a downturn in their operating performance
and become unable to make timely payments on their loans. Management evaluates
these factors in estimating its allowance for loan losses and changes in these
economic factors could result in increases or decreases to the provision for
loan losses.
Our
business emphasis has been to operate as a well-capitalized, profitable and
independent community-oriented financial institution dedicated to providing
quality customer service. We are committed to meeting the financial needs of the
communities in which we operate. We believe that we can be more effective in
serving our customers than many of our non-local competitors because of our
ability to quickly and effectively provide senior management responses to
customer needs and inquiries. Our ability to provide these services is enhanced
by the stability of our senior management team.
The
Federal Reserve has decreased the Federal Funds Rate 4.00% since December 31,
2007 with the rate set at 3.25% as of December 31, 2008. These
decreases had a negative impact on 2008 earnings and will continue to have a
negative impact on the Bank’s net interest income in the future
periods. The negative impact from the decrease in the Federal Funds
Rate has been partially offset by the increase in earnings realized on interest
rate contracts, including both interest rate swaps and interest rate floors,
utilized by the Company. Additional information regarding the
Company’s interest rate contacts is provided below in the section entitled
“Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management.”
On
December 23, 2008, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement
(“Purchase Agreement”) with the United States Department of the Treasury
(“UST”). Under the Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed
to
issue and
sell 25,054 shares of Series A preferred stock and warrants to purchase 357,234
shares of common stock associated with the Company’s participation in the U.S.
Treasury Department’s Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) under the Troubled Asset
Relief Program (“TARP”). Proceeds from this issuance of preferred
shares were allocated between preferred stock and the warrant based on their
relative fair values at the time of the sale. Of the $25.1 million in
proceeds,
$24.4 million was allocated to the Series A preferred stock and $704,000 was
allocated to the common stock warrant. The discount recorded on the
preferred stock that resulted from allocating a portion of the proceeds to the
warrant is being accreted directly to retained earnings over a five-year period
applying a level yield. No dividends were declared or paid on the
Series A preferred stock during 2008, and cumulative undeclared dividends at
December 31, 2008 were $28,000. The CPP, created by the UST, is a
voluntary program in which selected, healthy financial institutions were
encouraged to participate. Approved use of the funds includes
providing credit to qualified borrowers, either as companies or individuals,
among other things. Such participation is intended to support the
economic development of the community and thereby restore the health of the
local and national economy.
The
Series A preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and will pay cumulative
dividends at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and 9% per annum
thereafter. The Series A preferred stock may be redeemed at the
stated amount of $1,000 per share plus any accrued and unpaid
dividends. Under the terms of the original Purchase Agreement, the
Company could not redeem the preferred shares until December 23, 2011 unless the
total amount of the issuance, $25.1 million, was replaced with the same amount
of other forms of capital that would qualify as Tier 1
capital. However, with the enactment of the American Recovery and
Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”), the Company can now redeem the preferred
shares at any time, if approved by the Company’s primary
regulator. The Series A preferred stock is non-voting except for
class voting rights on matters that would adversely affect the rights of the
holders of the Series A preferred stock.
The
exercise price of the warrant is $10.52 per common share and it is exercisable
at anytime on or before December 18, 2018.
The
Company is subject to the following restrictions while the Series A preferred
stock is outstanding: 1) UST approval is required for the Company to repurchase
shares of outstanding common stock; 2) the full dividend for the latest
completed CPP dividend period must declared and paid in full before dividends
may be paid to common shareholders; 3) UST approval is required for any increase
in common dividends per share; and 4) the Company may not take tax deductions
for any senior executive officer whose compensation is above
$500,000. There were additional restrictions on executive
compensation added in the ARRA for companies participating in the TARP,
including participants in the CPP.
It is the
intent of the Company to utilize CPP funds to make loans to qualified borrowers
in the Bank’s market area. The funds will also be used to absorb
losses incurred when modifying loans or making concessions to borrowers in order
to keep borrowers out of foreclosure. The Bank is also working with
its current builders and contractors to provide financing for potential buyers
who may not be able to qualify for financing in the current mortgage market in
order to help these customers sell existing single family homes. The
Bank will also use the CPP capital infusion as additional Tier I capital to
protect the Bank from potential losses that may be incurred during this current
recessionary period.
The
Company qualified as an accelerated filer in accordance with Rule 12b-2 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, effective December 31,
2006. Therefore, the Company was subject to the requirements of
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX 404”). The
Company incurred additional consulting and audit expenses in becoming compliant
with SOX 404, and will continue to incur additional audit expenses to comply
with SOX 404 when SOX 404 becomes applicable to smaller reporting
companies. Management does not expect expenses related to SOX 404 to
have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements. The
Company qualified as a smaller reporting company effective June 30, 2008, due to
a decrease in market capitalization. Management does not expect
significant cost savings from this change in filing status, as certification of
the effectiveness of internal controls by management will still be
required.
The Bank
opened a new office in Iredell County, in Mooresville, North Carolina in January
2008. Also in January 2008, the Bank opened a new Banco de la Gente
office in Wake County, in Raleigh, North Carolina in a continuing effort to
serve the Latino community. While there are no additional offices
planned in 2009, management will continue to look for branching opportunities in
nearby markets.
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
The
consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Peoples
Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Peoples Bank,
along with its wholly owned subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc. and
Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc (collectively called the
“Company”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions
have been eliminated in consolidation.
The
Company’s accounting policies are fundamental to understanding management’s
discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial
condition. Many of the Company’s accounting policies require
significant judgment regarding valuation of assets and liabilities and/or
significant interpretation of specific accounting guidance. The
following is a summary of some of the more subjective and complex accounting
policies of the Company. A more
complete
description of the Company’s significant accounting policies can be found in
Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in the Company’s 2008
Annual Report to Shareholders which is Appendix A to the Proxy Statement for the
May 7, 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
Many of
the Company’s assets and liabilities are recorded using various techniques that
require significant judgment as to recoverability. The collectability
of loans is reflected through the Company’s estimate of the allowance for loan
losses. The Company performs periodic and systematic detailed reviews
of its lending portfolio to assess overall collectability. In
addition, certain assets and liabilities are reflected at their estimated fair
value in the consolidated financial statements. Such amounts are
based on either quoted market prices or estimated values derived from dealer
quotes used by the Company, market comparisons or internally generated modeling
techniques. The Company’s internal models generally involve present
value of cash flow techniques. The various techniques are discussed
in greater detail elsewhere in management’s discussion and analysis and the
notes to consolidated financial statements.
There are
other complex accounting standards that require the Company to employ
significant judgment in interpreting and applying certain of the principles
prescribed by those standards. These judgments include, but are not
limited to, the determination of whether a financial instrument or other
contract meets the definition of a derivative in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities.” For a more complete discussion
of policies, see the notes to consolidated financial statements.
In
September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) ratified the
conclusions reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) on EITF 06-4,
“Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of
Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements.” This issue
requires companies to recognize an obligation for either the present value of
the entire promised death benefit or the annual “cost of insurance” required to
keep the policy in force during the post-retirement years. EITF 06-4
was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2008. During first
quarter 2008, the Company made a $467,000 reduction to retained earnings for the
cumulative effect of EITF 06-4 as of January 1, 2008 pursuant to the guidance of
this pronouncement to record the portion of this benefit earned by participants
prior to adoption of this pronouncement.
In
September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.”
SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring
fair value in generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), and expands
disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 applies under
other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements.
SFAS No. 157 was effective for the Company as of January 1,
2008. This standard had no effect on the Company's financial position
or results of operations.
SFAS No.
157 establishes a three-level fair value hierarchy for fair value
measurements. Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for
identical assets or liabilities that a company has the ability to access at the
measurement date. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included
within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly
or indirectly. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or
liability. The Company’s fair value measurements for items measured
at fair value at December 31, 2008 included:
|
Fair
Value Measurements December 31, 2008
|
|
Level
1
Valuation
|
|
Level
2
Valuation
|
|
Level
3
Valuation
|
Investment
securities available for sale
|
$
|
124,916,349
|
|
935,032
|
|
122,731,317
|
|
1,250,000
|
Market
value of derivatives (in other assets)
|
$
|
4,980,701
|
|
-
|
|
4,980,701
|
|
-
|
Fair
values of investment securities available for sale are determined by obtaining
quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges when
available. If quoted prices are not available, fair value is
determined using matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely
in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted
prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’
relationship to other benchmark quoted securities. Fair values of
derivative instruments are determined using widely accepted valuation techniques
including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each
derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives,
including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs,
including interest rate curves and implied volatilities.
The
following is an analysis of fair value measurements of investment securities
available for sale using Level 3, significant unobservable inputs, for the year
ended December 31, 2008:
|
|
Investment
Securities Available for Sale
|
|
|
Level
3 Valuation
|
Balance,
beginning of period
|
|
$
|
250,000
|
Change
in book value
|
|
|
-
|
Change
in gain/(loss) realized and unrealized
|
|
|
-
|
Purchases/(sales)
|
|
|
1,000,000
|
Transfers
in and/or out of Level 3
|
|
|
-
|
Balance,
end of period
|
|
$
|
1,250,000
|
|
|
|
|
Change
in unrealized gain/(loss) for assets still held in Level 3
|
|
$
|
0
|
In
accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 114, the Company has specific loan
loss reserves for loans that management has determined to be
impaired. These specific reserves are determined on an individual
loan basis based on management’s current evaluation of the Company’s loss
exposure for each credit, given the appraised value of any underlying
collateral. At December 31, 2008, the Company had specific reserves
of $462,000 in the allowance for loan losses on loans totaling $7.5
million. The Company’s December 31, 2008 fair value measurement for
impaired loans is presented below:
|
Fair
Value Measurements December 31, 2008
|
|
Level
1
Valuation
|
|
Level
2
Valuation
|
|
Level
3
Valuation
|
|
Total
Gains/(Losses) for
the
Year Ended
December
31, 2008
|
Impaired
loans
|
$
|
7,073,045
|
|
-
|
|
5,902,848
|
|
1,170,197
|
|
(345,000)
|
Other
real estate
|
$
|
1,866,971
|
|
-
|
|
1,866,971
|
|
-
|
|
(165,630)
|
In
February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities,” which permits entities to choose to
measure financial instruments and certain other instruments at fair
value. SFAS No. 159 was effective for the Company as of January 1,
2008. The Company did not choose this option for any asset or
liability, and therefore SFAS No. 159 did not have any effect on the Company's
financial position, results of operations or disclosures.
In
February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS No. 140-3,
“Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing
Transactions.” This FSP provides guidance on accounting for a
transfer of a financial asset and a repurchase financing under SFAS No. 140,
“Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments
of Liabilities.” This FSP is not expected to have a material
effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or
disclosures.
In
February 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 157-1, “Application of FASB Statement
No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That
Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or
Measurement under Statement 13.” This FSP amends SFAS No. 157, “Fair
Value Measurements,” to exclude SFAS No. 13, “Accounting for Leases” and other
accounting pronouncements that address fair value measurements for purposes of
lease classification or measurement under SFAS No. 13. This FSP is
not expected to have any effect on the Company's financial position, results of
operations or disclosures.
In
February 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB
Statement No. 157.” This FSP delays the effective date of SFAS No.
157, “Fair Value Measurements,” for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial
liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in
the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least
annually). This FSP is not expected to have any effect on the
Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures.
In
October 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 157-3, “Determining the Fair Value of
a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active.” This
FSP clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” in a
market that is not active. This FSP is not expected to have any
effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or
disclosures.
In March
2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities.” SFAS No. 161 is an amendment to
SFAS No. 133, which provides for enhanced disclosures about how and why an
entity uses derivatives and how and where those derivatives and related hedged
items are reported in the entity’s financial statements. SFAS No. 161
is effective for the Company as of January 1, 2009. As this is a
disclosure related standard, this standard is not expected to have any effect on
the Company's financial position or results of operations. SFAS No.
161 will result in additional disclosures related to the Company’s
derivatives.
In
September 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 133-1 and FIN 45-4, “Disclosures
about Credit Derivatives and Certain Guarantees: An Amendment of FASB Statement
No. 133 and FASB Interpretation No. 45 and Clarification of the Effective Date
of FASB Statement No. 161.” This FSP is an amendment to SFAS No. 133,
which provides for enhanced disclosure requirements for credit risk
derivatives. This FSP is not expected to have any effect on the
Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures.
In
December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures
about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets.” This FSP amends SFAS No.
132, “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits,”
to provide guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined
benefit pension or other postretirement plan. This FSP is not
expected to have any effect on the Company's financial position, results of
operations or disclosures.
Management of the Company has made a
number of estimates and assumptions relating to reporting of assets and
liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare
the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with
GAAP. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
The
remainder of management’s discussion and analysis of the Company’s results of
operations and financial position should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated financial statements and related notes presented on pages A-30
through A-62.
Results
of Operations
Summary.
The
Company reported earnings of $6.4 million in 2008, or $1.14 basic net earnings
per common share and $1.13 diluted net earnings per common share, a 33% decrease
as compared to $9.6 million, or $1.68 basic net earnings per common share and
$1.65 diluted net earnings per common share, for 2007. The Company’s decrease in
net earnings for 2008 is primarily attributable to a decrease in net interest
income, an increase in provision for loan losses and an increase in non-interest
expense, which was partially offset by an increase in non-interest
income.
Net
earnings for 2007 represented an increase of 5% as compared to 2006 net earnings
of $9.2 million or $1.61 basic net earnings per common share and $1.58 diluted
net earnings per common share. The increase in 2007 net earnings was
primarily attributable to growth in interest-earning assets, which contributed
to increases in net interest income and an increase in non-interest
income. In addition, the Company had a decrease in the provision for
loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the same period
in 2006. The increases in net interest income and non-interest income
and the decrease in the provision for loan losses were partially offset by an
increase in non-interest expense.
The
return on average assets in 2008 was 0.69%, compared to 1.13% in 2007 and 1.19%
in 2006. The return on average shareholders’ equity was 8.38% in 2008 compared
to 13.59% in 2007 and 14.68% in 2006.
Net Interest
Income.
Net interest income, the major component of the
Company's net income, is the amount by which interest and fees generated by
interest-earning assets exceed the total cost of funds used to carry
them. Net interest income is affected by changes in the volume and
mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as
changes in the yields earned and rates paid. Net interest margin is
calculated by dividing tax-equivalent net interest income by average
interest-earning assets, and represents the Company’s net yield on its
interest-earning assets.
Net
interest income was $32.8 million for 2008 or a 4% decrease from net interest
income of $34.1 million in 2007. The decrease was primarily
attributable to a reduction in the Bank’s prime commercial lending
rate. The decrease in loan interest income resulting from a decline
in prime rate was partially offset by an increase in income from derivative
instruments. Net income from derivative instruments was $3.4
million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to a net loss of $406,000
for the same period in 2007. Net interest income increased 6% in 2007
from $32.3 million in 2006.
Table 1
sets forth for each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities, the average amounts outstanding, the interest incurred on such
amounts and the average rate earned or incurred for the years ended December 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006. The table also sets forth the average rate earned on total
interest-earning assets, the
average
rate paid on total interest-bearing liabilities, and the net yield on average
total interest-earning assets for the same periods. Yield information
does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected as a component
of shareholders’ equity. Yields and interest income on tax-exempt
investments have been adjusted to tax equivalent basis using an effective tax
rate 38.55% for securities that are both federal and state tax exempt and an
effective tax rate of 6.90% for state tax exempt
securities. Non-accrual loans and the interest income that was
recorded on these loans, if any, are included in the yield calculations for
loans in all periods reported.
Table
1- Average Balance Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December
31, 2008
|
|
|
December
31, 2007
|
|
December
31, 2006
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
Average
Balance
|
|
Interest
|
|
Yield
/
Rate
|
|
|
Average
Balance
|
|
Interest
|
|
Yield
/
Rate
|
|
|
Average
Balance
|
|
Interest
|
|
Yield
/
Rate
|
|
Interest-earning
assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
|
$
|
747,203
|
|
|
46,808
|
|
6.26
|
%
|
|
665,379
|
|
55,109
|
|
8.28
|
%
|
|
604,427
|
|
49,665
|
|
8.22
|
%
|
Interest
rate derivative contracts
|
|
-
|
|
|
3,403
|
|
0.45
|
%
|
|
-
|
|
(406
|
)
|
-0.06
|
%
|
|
-
|
|
(698
|
)
|
-0.12
|
%
|
Loan
fees
|
|
-
|
|
|
393
|
|
0.05
|
%
|
|
-
|
|
698
|
|
0.10
|
%
|
|
-
|
|
701
|
|
0.12
|
%
|
Total
loans
|
|
747,203
|
|
|
50,604
|
|
6.77
|
%
|
|
665,379
|
|
55,401
|
|
8.33
|
%
|
|
604,427
|
|
49,668
|
|
8.22
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments
- taxable
|
|
26,591
|
|
|
1,253
|
|
4.71
|
%
|
|
20,305
|
|
868
|
|
4.27
|
%
|
|
29,784
|
|
1,306
|
|
4.38
|
%
|
Investments
- nontaxable*
|
|
89,262
|
|
|
4,924
|
|
5.52
|
%
|
|
99,991
|
|
5,470
|
|
5.47
|
%
|
|
88,353
|
|
4,642
|
|
5.25
|
%
|
Federal
funds sold
|
|
3,050
|
|
|
55
|
|
1.80
|
%
|
|
7,378
|
|
383
|
|
5.19
|
%
|
|
1,766
|
|
85
|
|
4.81
|
%
|
Other
|
|
10,319
|
|
|
293
|
|
2.84
|
%
|
|
8,041
|
|
444
|
|
5.52
|
%
|
|
7,914
|
|
424
|
|
5.36
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
interest-earning assets
|
|
876,425
|
|
|
57,129
|
|
6.52
|
%
|
|
801,094
|
|
62,566
|
|
7.81
|
%
|
|
732,244
|
|
56,125
|
|
7.66
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and due from banks
|
|
21,331
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,081
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,022
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
assets
|
|
41,626
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,287
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31,218
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance
for loan losses
|
|
(9,583
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,626
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,899
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
assets
|
$
|
929,799
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
846,836
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
772,585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOW
accounts
|
$
|
92,612
|
|
|
1,269
|
|
1.37
|
%
|
|
79,550
|
|
1,127
|
|
1.42
|
%
|
|
87,329
|
|
1,214
|
|
1.39
|
%
|
Regular
savings accounts
|
|
17,423
|
|
|
50
|
|
0.29
|
%
|
|
18,685
|
|
54
|
|
0.29
|
%
|
|
19,768
|
|
57
|
|
0.29
|
%
|
Money
market accounts
|
|
93,564
|
|
|
1,930
|
|
2.06
|
%
|
|
87,916
|
|
2,918
|
|
3.32
|
%
|
|
66,035
|
|
1,789
|
|
2.71
|
%
|
Time
deposits
|
|
406,127
|
|
|
15,008
|
|
3.70
|
%
|
|
361,859
|
|
17,430
|
|
4.82
|
%
|
|
335,092
|
|
14,189
|
|
4.23
|
%
|
FHLB
/ FRB borrowings
|
|
79,417
|
|
|
3,616
|
|
4.55
|
%
|
|
80,058
|
|
3,759
|
|
4.70
|
%
|
|
74,082
|
|
3,588
|
|
4.84
|
%
|
Demand
notes payable to U.S. Treasury
|
|
859
|
|
|
14
|
|
1.63
|
%
|
|
814
|
|
39
|
|
4.79
|
%
|
|
722
|
|
34
|
|
4.71
|
%
|
Trust
preferred securities
|
|
20,619
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
4.93
|
%
|
|
20,619
|
|
1,476
|
|
7.16
|
%
|
|
24,878
|
|
1,963
|
|
7.89
|
%
|
Other
|
|
29,857
|
|
|
624
|
|
2.09
|
%
|
|
16,226
|
|
782
|
|
4.82
|
%
|
|
5,780
|
|
276
|
|
4.78
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
interest-bearing liabilities
|
|
740,478
|
|
|
23,527
|
|
3.18
|
%
|
|
665,727
|
|
27,585
|
|
4.14
|
%
|
|
613,686
|
|
23,110
|
|
3.77
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Demand
deposits
|
|
111,192
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111,164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97,183
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
liabilities
|
|
4,021
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,044
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders'
equity
|
|
76,241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70,586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,465
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
liabilities and shareholder's equity
|
$
|
931,932
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
850,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
776,378
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest spread
|
|
|
|
$
|
33,602
|
|
3.36
|
%
|
|
|
|
34,981
|
|
3.67
|
%
|
|
|
|
33,015
|
|
3.89
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
yield on interest-earning assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.83
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.37
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.51
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taxable
equivalent adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment
securities
|
|
|
|
$
|
806
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
834
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest income
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,147
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,284
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*Includes
U.S. government sponsored enterprises that are non-taxable for state
income tax purposes of $63.6 million in 2008, $74.9 million in 2007 and
$65.9 million in 2006. An effective tax rate of 6.90% was used to
calculate the tax equivalent yield on these securities.
|
|
Changes
in interest income and interest expense can result from variances in both volume
and rates. Table 2 describes the impact on the Company’s tax
equivalent net interest income resulting from changes in average balances and
average rates for the periods indicated. The changes in interest due
to both volume and rate have been allocated to volume and rate changes in
proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the changes in
each.
Table
2 - Rate/Volume Variance Analysis-Tax Equivalent Basis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December
31, 2008
|
|
December
31, 2007
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
Changes
in
average
volume
|
|
Changes
in
average
rates
|
|
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
|
|
Changes
in average
volume
|
|
Changes
in
average
rates
|
|
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
|
|
Interest
Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans:
Net of unearned income
|
$
|
6,177
|
|
(10,974
|
)
|
(4,797
|
)
|
5,042
|
|
691
|
|
5,733
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments
- taxable
|
|
282
|
|
102
|
|
384
|
|
(411
|
)
|
(27
|
)
|
(438
|
)
|
Investments
- nontaxable
|
|
(589
|
)
|
43
|
|
(546
|
)
|
624
|
|
204
|
|
828
|
|
Federal
funds sold
|
|
(151
|
)
|
(177
|
)
|
(328
|
)
|
281
|
|
17
|
|
298
|
|
Other
|
|
95
|
|
(246
|
)
|
(151
|
)
|
7
|
|
13
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
interest income
|
|
5,814
|
|
(11,252
|
)
|
(5,438
|
)
|
5,543
|
|
898
|
|
6,441
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOW
accounts
|
|
182
|
|
(40
|
)
|
142
|
|
(109
|
)
|
22
|
|
(87
|
)
|
Regular
savings accounts
|
|
(4
|
)
|
0
|
|
(4
|
)
|
(3
|
)
|
0
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Money
market accounts
|
|
152
|
|
(1,140
|
)
|
(988
|
)
|
660
|
|
469
|
|
1,129
|
|
Time
deposits
|
|
1,884
|
|
(4,306
|
)
|
(2,422
|
)
|
1,211
|
|
2,030
|
|
3,241
|
|
FHLB
/ FRB Borrowings
|
|
(30
|
)
|
(113
|
)
|
(143
|
)
|
285
|
|
(114
|
)
|
171
|
|
Demand
notes payable to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
Treasury
|
|
1
|
|
(27
|
)
|
(26
|
)
|
4
|
|
1
|
|
5
|
|
Trust
Preferred Securities
|
|
0
|
|
(459
|
)
|
(459
|
)
|
(320
|
)
|
(167
|
)
|
(487
|
)
|
Other
|
|
471
|
|
(629
|
)
|
(158
|
)
|
501
|
|
5
|
|
506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
interest expense
|
|
2,656
|
|
(6,714
|
)
|
(4,058
|
)
|
2,229
|
|
2,246
|
|
4,475
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest income
|
$
|
3,158
|
|
(4,538
|
)
|
(1,380
|
)
|
3,314
|
|
(1,348
|
)
|
1,966
|
|
Net
interest income on a tax equivalent basis totaled $33.6 million in 2008,
decreasing 4% or $1.4 million from 2007. The decrease was
attributable to a reduction in the Bank’s prime commercial lending
rate. The interest rate spread, which represents the rate earned on
interest-earning assets less the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, was
3.36% in 2008, a decrease from the 2007 net interest spread of
3.67%. The net yield on interest-earning assets in 2008 decreased to
3.83% from the 2007 net interest margin of 4.37%.
Tax
equivalent interest income decreased $5.4 million or 9% in 2008 primarily due to
a reduction in the Bank’s prime commercial lending rate. The yield on
interest-earning assets decreased to 6.52% in 2008 from 7.81% in 2007 as a
result of a decrease in the average yield received on loans resulting from
Federal Reserve interest rate decreases, which were partially offset by an
increase in the average outstanding balance of loans and income from interest
rate derivative contracts. Average interest-earning assets increased
$75.3 million primarily as the result of an $81.8 million increase in average
loans. Average investment securities in 2008 increased 4% to $115.9 million when
compared to 2007. All other interest-earning assets including federal
funds sold were $13.4 million in 2008 and $15.4 million in 2007.
Interest
expense decreased $4.1 million or 15% in 2008 due to a decrease in the average
rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The cost of funds
decreased to 3.18% in 2008 from 4.14% in 2007. This decrease in the
cost of funds was primarily attributable to decreases in the average rate paid
on interest-bearing checking and savings accounts and certificates of
deposit. The $74.8 million growth in average interest-bearing
liabilities was primarily attributable to an increase in time deposits of $44.3
million to $406.1 million in 2008 from $361.9 million in 2007 and an increase in
interest-bearing checking and savings accounts of $17.4 million to $203.6
million in 2008 from $186.2 million in 2007.
In 2007
net interest income on a tax equivalent basis increased $2.0 million or 6% to
$35.0 million in 2007 from $33.0 million in 2006. The interest rate
spread was 3.67% in 2007, a decrease from the 2006 net interest spread of
3.89%. The net yield on interest-earning assets in 2007 decreased to
4.37% from the 2006 net interest margin of 4.51%.
Provision for Loan
Losses.
Provisions for loan losses are charged to income in
order to bring the total allowance for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate
by management of the Company based on factors such as management’s judgment as
to losses within the Company’s loan portfolio, including the valuation of
impaired loans in accordance with SFAS No. 114 and No. 118, loan growth, net
charge-offs, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, delinquencies and
management’s assessment of the quality of the loan portfolio and general
economic climate.
The
provision for loan losses was $4.8 million, $2.0 million, and $2.5 million for
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The
increase in the provision for loan losses for 2008 is primarily attributable to
an increase in non-performing assets, net charge-offs and increased loan
growth. Please see the section below entitled “Allowance for Loan
Losses” for a more complete discussion of the Bank’s policy for addressing
potential loan losses.
Non-Interest
Income.
Non-interest income for 2008 totaled $10.5 million, an
increase of $1.7 million or 19% from non-interest income of $8.8 million for
2007. The increases in non-interest income for 2008 are primarily due
to an increase in service charges and fees resulting from growth in deposit base
coupled with normal pricing changes, an increase in mortgage banking income and
a decrease in the loss on sale and write-down of securities for the year ended
December 31, 2008 when compared to the same period last year. These
increases in non-interest income were partially offset by a decrease in
insurance and brokerage commissions and a net increase in losses and write-downs
on foreclosed property for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the
same period last year. Non-interest income for 2007 increased $1.2
million or 17% from non-interest income of $8.8 million for 2006. The
increase in non-interest income for 2007 is primarily due to an increase in
service charges and fees resulting from growth in deposit base coupled with
normal pricing changes, an increase in insurance and brokerage commissions, an
increase in mortgage banking income and an increase in miscellaneous
income.
Service
charges on deposit accounts totaled $5.2 million during 2008, an increase of
$925,000, or 22% over 2007. Service charge income increased $349,000,
or 9% in 2007 compared to 2006. These increases are primarily
attributable to growth in the deposit base coupled with normal pricing changes,
which resulted in an increase in account maintenance fees.
Other
service charges and fees increased 24% to $2.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008 as compared to $1.9 million for the same period one year
ago. This increase is primarily attributable to fee income from
growth in the deposit base coupled with normal pricing changes.
The Company reported net
losses on sale and write-downs of securities of $167,000, $562,000 and $592,000
in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The Company periodically
evaluates its investments for any impairment which would be deemed other than
temporary.
As part of its evaluation in 2008, the Company
determined that the fair value of one investment was less than the original cost
of the investment and that the decline in fair value was not temporary in
nature. As a result, the Company wrote down its original investment by
$300,000. The remaining fair value of the investment at December 31, 2008
was $22,000. Similarly, as part of its evaluation in 2007, the
Company wrote down two investments by $430,000. The remaining fair
value of the investments at December 31, 2007 was $348,000.
Mortgage
banking income increased to $660,000 in 2008 from $560,000 in 2007 primarily due
to an increase in brokered loan activity. During 2007 mortgage
banking income increased $271,000 from the $289,000 reported in
2006. The increase in mortgage banking income for 2007 was primarily
attributable to the $185,000 write-down of the Bank’s mortgage servicing asset
in 2006. This write-down was due to Management’s assessment that
there was minimal fair value in the mortgage servicing rights due to the small
remaining balance in the loans serviced for others.
Net
losses on other real estate and repossessed assets were $287,000 and $118,000
for 2008 and 2007, respectively. During 2006 a net loss on other real
estate and repossessed assets of $108,000 was recognized. The
increase in net losses on other real estate and repossessed assets during 2008
was primarily attributable to a $170,000 net increase in losses and write-downs
on foreclosed property for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the
same period last year. Management determined that the market value of
these assets had decreased significantly and charges were appropriate for
2008.
Miscellaneous
income for 2008 totaled $2.3 million, an increase of 3% from $2.2 million for
2007. During 2007, miscellaneous income increased 4% from $2.1
million for 2006.
Table 3
presents a summary of non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006.
Table
3 - Non-Interest Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Service
charges
|
$
|
5,203
|
|
4,279
|
|
3,930
|
|
Other
service charges and fees
|
|
2,399
|
|
1,938
|
|
1,540
|
|
Gain
(loss) on sale of securities
|
|
(167
|
)
|
(562
|
)
|
(592
|
)
|
Mortgage
banking income
|
|
660
|
|
560
|
|
289
|
|
Insurance
and brokerage commissions
|
|
426
|
|
521
|
|
389
|
|
Loss
on foreclosed and repossessed assets
|
|
(287
|
)
|
(118
|
)
|
(108
|
)
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
2,261
|
|
2,198
|
|
2,106
|
|
Total
non-interest income
|
$
|
10,495
|
|
8,816
|
|
7,554
|
|
Non-Interest
Expense.
Total non-interest expense amounted to $28.9 million
for 2008, an increase of 11% from 2007. Non-interest expense for 2007
increased 13% to $26.0 million from non-interest expense of $23.0 million for
2006.
Salary
and employee benefit expense was $15.2 million in 2008, compared to $13.9
million during 2007, an increase of $1.3 million or 9%, following a $2.1 million
or 18% increase in salary and employee benefit expense in 2007 over
2006. The increase in salary and employee benefits in 2008 and 2007
is primarily due to normal salary increases and expense associated with
additional staff for new branches.
The
Company recorded occupancy expenses of $5.0 million in 2008, compared to $4.8
million during 2007, an increase of $278,000 or 6%, following an increase of
$571,000 or 14% in occupancy expenses in 2007 over 2006. The
increases in 2008, 2007 and 2006 are primarily due to an increase in furniture
and equipment expense and lease expense associated with new
branches.
The total
of all other operating expenses increased $1.3 million or 18% to $8.7 million
during 2008. The increase in other expense for 2008 is primarily
attributable to an increase in of $407,000 in FDIC insurance expense, an
increase of $309,000 in deposit program expense and an increase of $133,000 in
foreclosure expense. Other operating expense increased $336,000 or 5%
in 2007 over 2006. The increase in other expense for 2007 is
primarily attributable to increases of $215,000 in advertising
expense.
Table 4
presents a summary of non-interest expense for the years ended December 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006.
Table
4 - Non-Interest Expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
Salaries
and wages
|
$
|
11,591
|
|
10,276
|
|
9,368
|
Employee
benefits
|
|
3,603
|
|
3,612
|
|
2,417
|
Total
personnel expense
|
|
15,194
|
|
13,888
|
|
11,785
|
Occupancy
expense
|
|
5,029
|
|
4,751
|
|
4,180
|
Office
supplies
|
|
564
|
|
554
|
|
436
|
FDIC
deposit insurance
|
|
547
|
|
140
|
|
75
|
Professional
services
|
|
422
|
|
400
|
|
239
|
Postage
|
|
360
|
|
320
|
|
307
|
Telephone
|
|
476
|
|
405
|
|
338
|
Director
fees and expense
|
|
450
|
|
499
|
|
423
|
Advertising
|
|
1,076
|
|
988
|
|
772
|
Consulting
fees
|
|
385
|
|
460
|
|
575
|
Taxes
and licenses
|
|
193
|
|
272
|
|
293
|
Other
operating expense
|
|
4,197
|
|
3,316
|
|
3,560
|
Total
non-interest expense
|
$
|
28,893
|
|
25,993
|
|
22,983
|
Income
Taxes.
Total income tax expense was $3.2 million in 2008
compared with $5.3 million in 2007 and $5.2 million in
2006. The primary reason for the decrease in taxes for 2008 as
compared to 2007 and 2006 was the decrease in pretax income. The
Company’s effective tax rates were 33.46%, 35.76% and 36.05% in 2008, 2007 and
2006, respectively.
Liquidity.
The objectives of
the Company’s liquidity policy are to provide for the availability of adequate
funds to meet the needs of loan demand, deposit withdrawals, maturing
liabilities and to satisfy regulatory requirements. Both deposit and
loan customer cash needs can fluctuate significantly depending upon business
cycles, economic conditions and yields and returns available from alternative
investment opportunities. In addition, the Company’s liquidity is
affected by off-balance sheet commitments to lend in the form of unfunded
commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. As of
December 31, 2008 such unfunded commitments to extend credit were $158.9
million, while commitments in the form of standby letters of credit totaled $4.3
million.
The Company uses several sources to
meet its liquidity requirements. The primary source is core deposits,
which includes demand deposits, savings accounts and certificates of deposits of
denominations less than $100,000. The Company considers these to be a
stable portion of the Company’s liability mix and the result of on-going
consumer and commercial banking relationships. As of December 31,
2008, the Company’s core deposits totaled $497.2 million, or 69% of total
deposits.
The other sources of funding for the
Company are through large denomination certificates of deposit, including
brokered deposits, federal funds purchased, securities under agreement to
repurchase and FHLB borrowings. The Bank is also able to borrow from
the Federal Reserve on a short-term basis.
At
December 31, 2008, the Bank had a significant amount of deposits in amounts
greater than $100,000, including brokered deposits of $61.0 million, which
mature over the next two years. The balance and cost of these
deposits are more susceptible to changes in the interest rate environment than
other deposits. For additional information, please see the
section below entitled “Deposits.”
The Bank
has a line of credit with the FHLB equal to 20% of the Bank’s total assets, with
an outstanding balance of $77.0 million at December 31, 2008. The
remaining availability at FHLB was $71.2 million at December 31,
2008. At December 31, 2008, the carrying value of loans pledged as
collateral to the FHLB totaled approximately $244.9 million. The Bank
had $5.0 million in borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) at December
31, 2008. This borrowing was a 28-day Term Auction Facility loan at an interest
rate of 0.28% which matured in January 2009. The FRB borrowings are
collateralized by a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that the Bank
owns which are not pledged to the FHLB. At December 31, 2008, the
carrying value of loans pledged as collateral to the FRB totaled approximately
$280.8 million.
The Bank
also had the ability to borrow up to $38.0 million for the purchase of overnight
federal funds from four correspondent financial institutions as of December 31,
2008.
The
liquidity ratio for the Bank, which is defined as net cash, interest-bearing
deposits with banks, federal funds sold, certain investment securities and
certain FHLB advances available under the line of credit, as a percentage of net
deposits (adjusted for deposit runoff projections) and short-term liabilities
was 26.80% at December 31, 2008, 28.04% at December 31, 2007 and 31.15% at
December 31, 2007. The minimum required liquidity ratio as defined in
the Bank’s Asset/Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management Policy is
20%.
As
disclosed in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included
elsewhere herein, net cash provided by operating activities was approximately
$10.7 million during 2008. Net cash used in investing activities of
$65.7 million consisted primarily of a net increase in loans of $65.2
million. Net cash provided by financing activities amounted to $53.1
million, primarily from a $27.4 million net increase in deposits and the $25.1
issuance of Series A preferred stock.
Asset Liability and Interest Rate
Risk Management.
The objective of the Company’s Asset
Liability and Interest Rate Risk strategies is to identify and manage the
sensitivity of net interest income to changing interest rates and to minimize
the interest rate risk between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities at various maturities. This is done in conjunction with
the need to maintain adequate liquidity and the overall goal of maximizing net
interest income. Table 5 presents an interest rate sensitivity analysis for the
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended
December 31, 2008.
Table
5 - Interest Sensitivity Analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
Immediate
|
|
1-3
months
|
|
4-12
months
|
|
|
Total
Within
One
Year
|
|
Over
One
Year
& Non-sensitive
|
|
Total
|
Interest-earning
assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
|
$
|
520,141
|
|
6,239
|
|
16,599
|
|
|
542,979
|
|
238,209
|
|
781,188
|
Investment
securities
|
|
-
|
|
4,354
|
|
3,596
|
|
|
7,950
|
|
116,966
|
|
124,916
|
Federal
funds sold
|
|
6,733
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
|
6,733
|
|
-
|
|
6,733
|
Interest-bearing
deposit accounts
|
|
1,453
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
|
1,453
|
|
-
|
|
1,453
|
Other
interest-earning assets
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
6,811
|
|
6,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
interest-earning assets
|
|
528,327
|
|
10,593
|
|
20,195
|
|
|
559,115
|
|
361,986
|
|
921,101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOW,
savings, and money market deposits
|
|
210,058
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
|
210,058
|
|
-
|
|
210,058
|
Time
deposits
|
|
47,003
|
|
145,974
|
|
175,522
|
|
|
368,499
|
|
38,057
|
|
406,556
|
Other
short term borrowings
|
|
1,600
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
|
1,600
|
|
-
|
|
1,600
|
FRB
borrowings
|
|
-
|
|
5,000
|
|
-
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
-
|
|
5,000
|
FHLB
borrowings
|
|
-
|
|
5,000
|
|
-
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
72,000
|
|
77,000
|
Securities
sold under
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
agreement
to repurchase
|
|
37,501
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
|
37,501
|
|
-
|
|
37,501
|
Trust
preferred securities
|
|
-
|
|
20,619
|
|
-
|
|
|
20,619
|
|
-
|
|
20,619
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
interest-bearing liabilities
|
|
296,162
|
|
176,593
|
|
175,522
|
|
|
648,277
|
|
110,057
|
|
758,334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-sensitive
gap
|
$
|
232,165
|
|
(166,000
|
)
|
(155,327
|
)
|
|
(89,162
|
)
|
251,929
|
|
162,767
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative
interest-sensitive gap
|
$
|
232,165
|
|
66,165
|
|
(89,162
|
)
|
|
(89,162
|
)
|
162,767
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-earning
assets as a percentage of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
interest-bearing
liabilities
|
|
178.39%
|
|
6.00%
|
|
11.51%
|
|
|
86.25%
|
|
328.91%
|
|
|
The Company manages its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates through
policies established by the Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”) of the
Bank. The ALCO meets monthly and has the responsibility for approving
asset/liability management policies, formulating and implementing strategies to
improve balance sheet positioning and/or earnings and reviewing the interest
rate sensitivity of the Company. ALCO tries to minimize interest rate
risk between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities by
attempting to minimize wide fluctuations in net interest income due to interest
rate movements. The ability to control these fluctuations has a
direct impact on the profitability of the Company. Management monitors this
activity on a regular basis through analysis of its portfolios to determine the
difference between rate sensitive assets and rate sensitive
liabilities.
The Company’s rate sensitive assets are
those earning interest at variable rates and those with contractual maturities
within one year. Rate sensitive assets therefore include both loans
and available for sale securities. Rate sensitive liabilities include
interest-bearing checking accounts, money market deposit accounts, savings
accounts, time deposits and borrowed funds. As shown in Table 5, the
Company’s balance sheet is asset-sensitive, meaning that in a given period there
will be more assets than liabilities subject to immediate repricing as interest
rates change in the market. Because most of the Company’s loans are tied to the
prime rate, they reprice more rapidly than rate sensitive interest-bearing
deposits. During periods of rising rates, this results in increased
net interest income. The opposite occurs during periods of declining
rates. Rate sensitive assets at December 31, 2008 totaled $921.1
million, exceeding rate sensitive liabilities of $758.3 million by $162.8
million.
The
Company has an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates
the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations
in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. By using
derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to credit and market
risk. If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk is equal to
the extent of the fair-value gain in the derivative. The Company
minimizes the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into
transactions with high-quality counterparties that are reviewed periodically by
the Company. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had cash flow
hedges with a notional amount of $165.0 million. These derivative
instruments consist of three interest rate floor contracts and one interest rate
swap contract. The interest rate floor contracts are used to hedge
future cash flows from payments on the first $115.0 million of certain variable
rate loans
against
the downward effects of their repricing in the event of a decreasing rate
environment during the terms of the interest rate floor contracts. If
the prime rate falls below the contract rate during the term of the contract,
the Company will receive payments based on notional amount times the difference
between the contract rate and the weighted average prime rate for the
quarter. No payments will be received by the Company if the weighted
average prime rate is equal to or higher than the contract rate. The
interest rate floor contracts in effect at December 31, 2008 will expire in
2009. The interest rate swap contract is used to convert $50.0
million of variable rate loans to a fixed rate. Under the swap
contract, the Company receives a fixed rate of 6.245% and pays a variable rate
based on the current prime rate (3.25% at December 31, 2008) on the notional
amount of $50.0 million. The swap agreement matures in June
2011. The Company recognized $3.4 million in interest income, net of
premium amortization, from interest rate derivative contracts during the year
ended December 31, 2008. Based on the current interest rate
environment, it is expected the Company will continue to receive income on these
interest rate contracts throughout 2009.
Tables 6
and 7 present additional information on the Company’s derivative financial
instruments as of December 31, 2008.
Table
6 - Derivative Instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type
of Derivative
|
Notional
Amount
|
|
Contract
Rate
|
|
|
Premium
|
|
Year-to-date
Income
(Net
of Premium Amortization)
|
Interest
rate floor contact*
|
$
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
151
|
Interest
rate floor contact*
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
456
|
Interest
rate floor contact expiring 01/24/09
|
|
45,000
|
|
7.500%
|
|
|
|
562
|
|
|
871
|
Interest
rate floor contact expiring 06/02/09
|
|
35,000
|
|
8.000%
|
|
|
|
399
|
|
|
914
|
Interest
rate floor contact expiring 12/01/09
|
|
35,000
|
|
7.250%
|
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
523
|
Interest
rate swap contact expiring 06/01/11
|
|
50,000
|
|
6.245%
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
488
|
|
$
|
165,000
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,595
|
|
$
|
3,403
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Interest rate floor contracts expired during 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Table
7 - Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset
Derivatives
|
|
Liability
Derivatives
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
As
of December 31,
2008
|
As
of December 31,
2007
|
As
of December
31,
2008
|
As
of December 31,
2007
|
|
Balance
Sheet
Location
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Balance
Sheet
Location
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Balance
Sheet
Location
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Balance
Sheet
Location
|
Fair
Value
|
Interest
rate derivative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
contracts
|
Other
assets
|
$ 4,981
|
|
Other
assets
|
$
1,907
|
|
N/A
|
$ -
|
|
N/A
|
$ -
|
Included
in the rate sensitive assets are $506.2 million in variable rate loans indexed
to prime rate subject to immediate repricing upon changes by the Federal Open
Market Committee (“FOMC”). The Bank utilizes interest rate floors on
certain variable rate loans to protect against further downward movements in the
prime rate. At December 31, 2008, the Bank had $149.0 million in
loans with interest rate floors. The floors were in effect on $147.0
million of these loans pursuant to the terms of the promissory notes on these
loans. The weighted average rate on these loans is 1.59% higher
than the indexed rate on the promissory notes without interest rate
floors.
An
analysis of the Company’s financial condition and growth can be made by
examining the changes and trends in interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities. A discussion of these changes and trends
follows.
Analysis
of Financial Condition
Investment
Securities.
All of the Company’s investment securities are
held in the available-for-sale (“AFS”) category
.
At December 31, 2008 the
market value of AFS securities totaled $124.9 million, compared to $121.0
million and $117.6 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively. The increase in 2008 investment securities is the
result of net securities purchases that are part of management’s objective to
grow the investment portfolio in an effort to manage the credit risk in the
balance sheet. This increase in AFS securities was partially offset
by paydowns on mortgage-backed securities, calls and
maturities. Table 8 presents the market value of the AFS securities
held at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Table
8 - Summary of Investment Portfolio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
Obligations
of United States government
|
|
|
|
|
|
sponsored
enterprises
|
$
|
58,487
|
|
76,992
|
|
72,744
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Obligations
of states and political subdivisions
|
|
26,973
|
|
25,905
|
|
24,366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
37,271
|
|
16,271
|
|
19,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trust
preferred securities
|
|
1,250
|
|
250
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
securities
|
|
935
|
|
1,550
|
|
501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
securities
|
$
|
124,916
|
|
120,968
|
|
117,581
|
The
composition of the investment securities portfolio reflects the Company’s
investment strategy of maintaining an appropriate level of liquidity while
providing a relatively stable source of income. The investment
portfolio also provides a balance to interest rate risk and credit risk in other
categories of the balance sheet while providing a vehicle for the investment of
available funds, furnishing liquidity, and supplying securities to pledge as
required collateral for certain deposits.
The
Company’s investment portfolio consists of U.S. government sponsored enterprise
securities, municipal securities, U.S. government enterprise sponsored
mortgage-backed securities, and trust preferred securities and equity
securities. AFS securities averaged $115.9 million in 2008, $120.3
million in 2007 and $118.1 million in 2006. Table 9 presents the
amortized cost of AFS securities held by the Company by maturity category at
December 31, 2008. Yield information does not give effect to
changes in fair value that are reflected as a component of shareholders’
equity. Yields are calculated on a tax equivalent basis
.
Yields
and interest income on tax-exempt investments have been adjusted to tax
equivalent basis using an effective tax rate 38.55% for securities that are both
federal and state tax exempt and an effective tax rate of 6.90% for state tax
exempt securities.
Table
9 - Maturity Distribution and Weighted Average Yield on
Investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
After
One Year
|
|
After
5 Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One
Year or Less
|
|
Through
5 Years
|
|
Through
10 Years
|
|
After
10 Years
|
|
Totals
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
Amount
|
Yield
|
|
Amount
|
Yield
|
|
Amount
|
|
Yield
|
|
Amount
|
Yield
|
|
Amount
|
Yield
|
Book
value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United
States Government
|
$
|
3,500
|
4.60%
|
|
33,885
|
4.88%
|
|
11,817
|
|
5.08%
|
|
6,021
|
5.52%
|
|
55,223
|
4.98%
|
sponsored
enterprises
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
States
and political subdivisions
|
|
2,405
|
5.21%
|
|
10,282
|
4.77%
|
|
7,202
|
|
6.09%
|
|
6,759
|
6.57%
|
|
26,648
|
5.62%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage
backed securities
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
521
|
4.54%
|
|
11,256
|
|
4.68%
|
|
24,780
|
5.35%
|
|
36,557
|
5.13%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trust
preferred securities
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
1,000
|
|
3.35%
|
|
250
|
8.13%
|
|
1,250
|
4.31%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
securities
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
1,382
|
1.49%
|
|
1,382
|
1.49%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
securities
|
$
|
5,905
|
4.85%
|
|
44,688
|
4.85%
|
|
31,275
|
|
5.11%
|
|
39,192
|
5.47%
|
|
121,060
|
5.12%
|
Loans.
The loan portfolio is the largest category of the
Company’s earning assets and is comprised of commercial loans, real estate
mortgage loans, real estate construction loans and consumer loans. The Company
grants loans and extensions of credit primarily within the Catawba Valley region
of North Carolina, which encompasses Catawba, Alexander, Iredell and Lincoln
counties and also in Mecklenburg, Union and Wake counties in North
Carolina. Although the Company has a diversified loan portfolio, a
substantial portion of the loan portfolio is collateralized by real estate,
which is dependent upon the real estate market. Non-real estate loans
also can be affected by local economic conditions. In management’s
opinion, there are no significant concentrations of credit with particular
borrowers engaged in similar activities
.
Real
estate mortgage loans include both commercial and residential mortgage
loans. At December 31, 2008, the Company had $108.6 million in
residential mortgage loans, $93.3 million in home equity loans and $272.8
million in commercial mortgage loans, which include $218.0 million using
commercial property as collateral and $54.8 million using residential property
as collateral. At December 31, 2008, real estate construction loans
included $126.5 million in speculative construction and development
loans.
Residential
mortgage loans include $51.0 million made to customers in the Company’s
traditional banking offices and $57.6 million in mortgage loans originated in
the Company’s Latino banking operations. All residential mortgage
loans are originated as fully amortizing loans, with no negative
amortization. Also, the Company does not have credit exposure for
residential mortgage loans originated that are not reflected in the Company’s
assets.
The
mortgage loans originated in the traditional banking offices are generally 15 to
30 year fixed rate loans with attributes that cause the loans to not be sellable
in the secondary market. These factors may include higher
loan-to-value ratio, limited documentation on income, non-conforming appraisal
or non-conforming property type and are generally made to existing Bank
customers. These loans have been originated throughout the Company’s
five county service area, with no geographic concentration. At
December 31, 2008 there were 12
loans with an
outstanding balance of $1.1million 30 days or more past due and no loans more
than 90 days past due.
The
mortgage loans originated in the Company’s Latino operations are primarily
adjustable rate mortgage loans that adjust annually after the end of the first
five years of the loan. The loans are tied to the one-year T-Bill
index and, if they were to adjust at December 31, 2008, would have a reduction
in the interest rate on the loan. The underwriting on these loans
includes both full income verification and no income verification, with
loan-to-value ratios of up to 95% without private mortgage
insurance. A majority of these loans would be considered subprime
loans, as they were underwritten using stated income rather than fully
documented income verification. No other loans in the Company’s
portfolio would be considered subprime. The majority of these loans
have been originated within the Charlotte, NC metro area. At this
time, Charlotte has begun to experience a decline in values within the
residential real estate market. At December 31, 2008 there were 96
loans with an outstanding balance of $10.8 million 30 days or more past due and
four loans more than 90 days past due totaling $514,000. Total losses
on this portfolio, since the first loans were originated in 2004 have amounted
to approximately $348,000
through December 31,
2008.
As a
recipient of CPP funds, the Bank will strive to work with delinquent borrowers
in an attempt to mitigate foreclosure. The funds will also be used to
absorb losses incurred when modifying loans or making concessions to borrowers
in order to keep borrowers out of foreclosure.
The
composition of the Company’s loan portfolio is presented in Table
10.
Table
10 - Loan Portfolio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
Amount
|
|
%
of Loans
|
|
Amount
|
|
%
of Loans
|
|
Amount
|
|
%
of Loans
|
|
Amount
|
|
%
of Loans
|
|
Amount
|
|
%
of Loans
|
Breakdown
of loan receivables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial
|
$
|
76,945
|
|
9.85%
|
|
82,190
|
|
11.38%
|
|
85,064
|
|
13.06%
|
|
79,902
|
|
14.10%
|
|
79,189
|
|
14.79%
|
Real
estate - mortgage
|
|
474,732
|
|
60.77%
|
|
417,709
|
|
57.83%
|
|
364,595
|
|
55.97%
|
|
330,227
|
|
58.28%
|
|
312,988
|
|
58.45%
|
Real
estate - construction
|
|
216,188
|
|
27.67%
|
|
209,644
|
|
29.03%
|
|
187,960
|
|
28.86%
|
|
141,420
|
|
24.96%
|
|
127,042
|
|
23.73%
|
Consumer
|
|
13,323
|
|
1.71%
|
|
12,734
|
|
1.76%
|
|
13,762
|
|
2.11%
|
|
15,115
|
|
2.66%
|
|
16,249
|
|
3.03%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
loans
|
$
|
781,188
|
|
100.00%
|
|
722,277
|
|
100.00%
|
|
651,381
|
|
100.00%
|
|
566,664
|
|
100.00%
|
|
535,468
|
|
100.00%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less:
Allowance for loan losses
|
|
11,025
|
|
|
|
9,103
|
|
|
|
8,303
|
|
|
|
7,425
|
|
|
|
8,049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
loans
|
$
|
770,163
|
|
|
|
713,174
|
|
|
|
643,078
|
|
|
|
559,239
|
|
|
|
527,419
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2008, gross loans
outstanding were $781.2 million, an increase of $58.9 million or 8% from the
December 31, 2007 balance of $722.3 million. Commercial loans
decreased $5.2 million in 2008. Real estate mortgage loans grew $57.0
million when compared to 2007 due to an increase in non-conforming mortgage
loans and commercial real estate loans. Real estate construction loans increased
$6.5 million in 2008 as a result of an increase in real estate development
loans. Consumer loans increased $589,000 in 2008.
Table 11
identifies the maturities of all loans as of December 31, 2008 and addresses the
sensitivity of these loans to changes in interest rates.
Table
11 - Maturity and Repricing Data for Loans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
Within
one
year
or less
|
|
After
one year through five years
|
|
After
five
years
|
|
Total
loans
|
Commercial
|
$
|
62,205
|
|
13,187
|
|
1,553
|
|
76,945
|
Real
estate - mortgage
|
|
272,873
|
|
149,612
|
|
52,247
|
|
474,732
|
Real
estate - construction
|
|
201,041
|
|
9,805
|
|
5,342
|
|
216,188
|
Consumer
|
|
6,860
|
|
6,258
|
|
205
|
|
13,323
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
loans
|
$
|
542,979
|
|
178,862
|
|
59,347
|
|
781,188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
fixed rate loans
|
$
|
22,816
|
|
125,666
|
|
59,347
|
|
207,829
|
Total
floating rate loans
|
|
520,163
|
|
53,196
|
|
-
|
|
573,359
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
loans
|
$
|
542,979
|
|
178,862
|
|
59,347
|
|
781,188
|
In the
normal course of business, there are various commitments outstanding to extend
credit that are not reflected in the financial statements. At December 31, 2008,
outstanding loan commitments totaled $158.9 million. Commitments to
extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no
violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments
generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may
require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments may expire
without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily
represent future cash requirements. Additional information regarding
commitments is provided below in the section entitled “Contractual Obligations”
and in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Allowance for Loan
Losses.
The allowance for loan losses reflects management's
assessment and estimate of the risks associated with extending credit and its
evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio. The Bank
periodically analyzes the loan portfolio in an effort to review asset quality
and to establish an allowance for loan losses that management believes will be
adequate in light of anticipated risks and loan losses. In assessing
the adequacy of the allowance, size, quality and risk of loans in the portfolio
are reviewed. Other factors considered are:
·
|
the
Bank’s loan loss experience;
|
·
|
the
amount of past due and non-performing
loans;
|
·
|
the
status and amount of other past due and non-performing
assets;
|
·
|
underlying
estimated values of collateral securing
loans;
|
·
|
current
and anticipated economic conditions;
and
|
·
|
other
factors which management believes affect the allowance for potential
credit losses.
|
Management
uses several measures to assess and monitor the credit risks in the loan
portfolio, including a loan grading system that begins upon loan origination and
continues until the loan is collected or collectibility becomes doubtful. Upon
loan origination, the Bank’s originating loan officer evaluates the quality of
the loan and assigns one of nine risk grades, each grade indicating a different
level of loss reserves. The loan officer monitors the loan’s performance and
credit quality and makes changes to the credit grade as conditions warrant. When
originated or renewed, all loans over a certain dollar amount receive in-depth
reviews and risk assessments by the Bank’s Credit Administration. Before making
any changes in these risk grades, management considers assessments as determined
by the third party credit review firm (as described below), regulatory examiners
and the Bank’s Credit Administration. Any issues regarding the risk assessments
are addressed by the Bank’s senior credit administrators and factored into
management’s decision to originate or renew the loan as well as the level of
reserves deemed appropriate for the loan. The Bank’s Board of Directors reviews,
on a monthly basis, an analysis of the Bank’s reserves relative to the range of
reserves estimated by the Bank’s Credit Administration.
As an
additional measure, the Bank engages an independent third party to review the
underwriting, documentation and risk grading analyses. This independent third
party reviews and evaluates all loan relationships greater than $1.0
million. The third party’s evaluation and report is shared with
management and the Bank’s Board of Directors.
Management
considers certain commercial loans with weak credit risk grades to be
individually impaired and measures such impairment based upon available cash
flows and the value of the collateral. Allowance or reserve levels are estimated
for all other graded loans in the portfolio based on their assigned credit risk
grade, type of loan and other matters related to credit risk.
Management
uses the information developed from the procedures described above in evaluating
and grading the loan portfolio. This continual grading process is used to
monitor the credit quality of the loan portfolio and to assist management in
determining the appropriate levels of the allowance for loan
losses.
The
allowance for loan losses is comprised of three components: specific reserves,
general reserves and unallocated reserves. After a loan has been
identified as impaired, management measures impairment in accordance with SFAS
No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.” When the
measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan,
the amount of the impairment is recorded as a specific reserve. These specific
reserves are determined on an individual loan basis based on management’s
current evaluation of the Company’s loss exposure for each credit, given the
payment status, financial condition of the borrower, and value of any underlying
collateral. Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from the
general allowance calculations as described below. At December 31,
2008 and 2007, the recorded investment in loans that were considered to be
impaired under SFAS No. 114 was approximately $7.5 million and $8.0 million,
respectively, with related allowance for loan losses of approximately $462,000
and $1.2 million for December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
The
general allowance reflects reserves established under the provisions of SFAS No.
5, “Accounting for Contingencies” for collective loan
impairment. These reserves are based upon historical net charge-offs
using the last three years’ experience. This charge-off experience
may be adjusted to reflect the effects of current conditions. The
Bank considers information derived from its loan risk ratings and external data
related to industry and general economic trends.
The
unallocated allowance is determined through management’s assessment of probable
losses that are in the portfolio but are not adequately captured by the other
two components of the allowance, including consideration of current economic and
business conditions and regulatory requirements. The unallocated allowance also
reflects management’s acknowledgement of the imprecision and subjectivity that
underlie the modeling of credit risk. Due to the subjectivity
involved in determining the overall allowance, including the unallocated
portion, this unallocated portion may fluctuate from period to period based on
management’s evaluation of the factors affecting the assumptions used in
calculating the allowance.
Management
considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover the estimated losses
inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio as of the date of the financial
statements. Management believes it has established the allowance in accordance
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
and in consideration of the current economic environment. Although management
uses the best information available to make evaluations, significant future
additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and
other conditions that adversely affect the operating results of the
Company.
There
were no significant changes in the estimation methods or fundamental assumptions
used in the evaluation of the allowance for loan losses for the year ended
December 31, 2008 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2007.
Such revisions, estimates and assumptions are made in any period in which the
supporting factors indicate that loss levels may vary from the previous
estimates.
Additionally,
various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process,
periodically review the Bank’s allowances for loan losses. Such agencies may
require adjustments to the allowances based on their judgments of information
available to them at the time of their examinations.
Net
charge-offs for 2008 were $2.9 million. The ratio of net charge-offs
to average total loans was 0.38%
in 2008, 0.19% in 2007
and 0.27% in 2006. Management expects the ratio of net charge-offs to
average total loans to increase again in 2009 due to the recessionary economic
conditions and the decline in real estate values and new home
sales. The allowance for loan losses increased to $11.0 million
or 1.41% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2008. For
December 31, 2007 and 2006, the allowance for loan losses amounted to $9.1
million or 1.26% of total loans outstanding and $8.3 million, or 1.27% of total
loans outstanding, respectively. Management would expect the
percentage of the allowance for loan losses to total loans to increase in 2009
if non-performing loans continue to increase as a result of the current
recessionary economic conditions.
Table 12
presents the percentage of loans assigned to each risk grade along with the
general reserve percentage applied to loans in each risk grade at December 31,
2008 and 2007.
Table
12 - Loan Risk Grade Analysis
|
|
|
|
Percentage
of Loans
|
|
By
Risk Grade*
|
Risk
Grade
|
2008
|
2007
|
Risk
1 (Excellent Quality)
|
4.08%
|
11.06%
|
Risk
2 (High Quality)
|
17.95%
|
14.06%
|
Risk
3 (Good Quality)
|
63.08%
|
62.53%
|
Risk
4 (Management Attention)
|
10.42%
|
9.51%
|
Risk
5 (Watch)
|
2.14%
|
1.57%
|
Risk
6 (Substandard)
|
0.80%
|
0.13%
|
Risk
7 (Low Substandard)
|
0.00%
|
0.03%
|
Risk
8 (Doubtful)
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
Risk
9 (Loss)
|
0.00%
|
0.00%
|
|
|
|
*
Excludes non-accrual loans
|
|
|
Table 13
presents an analysis of the allowance for loan losses, including charge-off
activity.
Table
13 - Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
Reserve
for loan losses at beginning
|
$
|
9,103
|
|
8,303
|
|
7,425
|
|
8,049
|
|
9,722
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
charged off:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial
|
|
249
|
|
414
|
|
505
|
|
293
|
|
1,004
|
Real
estate - mortgage
|
|
1,506
|
|
471
|
|
568
|
|
2,141
|
|
3,842
|
Real
estate - construction
|
|
644
|
|
252
|
|
250
|
|
1,250
|
|
4
|
Consumer
|
|
748
|
|
489
|
|
636
|
|
516
|
|
535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
loans charged off
|
|
3,147
|
|
1,626
|
|
1,959
|
|
4,200
|
|
5,385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recoveries
of losses previously charged off:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial
|
|
87
|
|
86
|
|
64
|
|
144
|
|
162
|
Real
estate - mortgage
|
|
8
|
|
21
|
|
108
|
|
162
|
|
144
|
Real
estate - construction
|
|
30
|
|
102
|
|
2
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
Consumer
|
|
150
|
|
179
|
|
150
|
|
160
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
recoveries
|
|
275
|
|
388
|
|
324
|
|
466
|
|
456
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
loans charged off
|
|
2,872
|
|
1,238
|
|
1,635
|
|
3,734
|
|
4,929
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
|
4,794
|
|
2,038
|
|
2,513
|
|
3,110
|
|
3,256
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserve
for loan losses at end of year
|
$
|
11,025
|
|
9,103
|
|
8,303
|
|
7,425
|
|
8,049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
charged off net of recoveries, as
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
a
percent of average loans outstanding
|
|
0.38%
|
|
0.19%
|
|
0.27%
|
|
0.68%
|
|
0.90%
|
Non-performing
Assets.
Non-performing assets, comprised of non-accrual loans,
other real estate owned, other repossessed assets and loans for which payments
are more than 90 days past due totaled $14.2 million at December 31, 2008
compared to $8.5 million at December 31, 2007. Non-accrual
loans were $11.8 million at December 31, 2008, an increase of $3.8 million from
non-accruals of $8.0 million at December 31, 2007. As a percentage of
loans outstanding, non-accrual loans were 1.51% and 1.11% at December 31, 2008
and 2007, respectively. The Bank had $514,000 in loans 90 days past due and
still accruing at December 31, 2008 as compared to no loans for the same period
in 2007. Other real estate owned totaled $1.9 million and $483,000 as
of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Bank had no
repossessed assets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
At
December 31, 2008, the Company had non-performing loans, defined as non-accrual
and accruing loans past due more than 90 days, of $12.3 million or 1.58% of
total loans. Non-performing loans for 2007 were $8.0 million, or
1.11% of total loans and $7.6 million, or 1.17% of total loans for 2006.
Interest that would have been recorded on non-accrual loans for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, had they performed in accordance with their
original terms, amounted to approximately $850,000, $693,000 and $429,000,
respectively. Interest income on impaired loans included in the results of
operations for 2008, 2007, and 2006 amounted to approximately $65,000, $29,000
and $144,000, respectively.
Management
continually monitors the loan portfolio to ensure that all loans potentially
having a material adverse impact on future operating results, liquidity or
capital resources have been classified as non-performing. Should
economic conditions deteriorate, the inability of distressed customers to
service their existing debt could cause higher levels of non-performing
loans. Management anticipates continued weakness in the housing
market, which combined with the current recessionary economic conditions will,
in all likelihood, result in higher levels of non-performing loans in
2009.
It is the
general policy of the Company to stop accruing interest income and place the
recognition of interest on a cash basis when a loan is placed on non-accrual
status and any interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against
current income. Generally a loan is placed on non-accrual status when
it is over 90 days past due and there is reasonable doubt that all principal
will be collected.
A summary
of non-performing assets at December 31 for each of the years presented is shown
in Table 14.
Table
14 - Non-performing Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
Non-accrual
loans
|
$
|
11,815
|
|
7,987
|
|
7,560
|
|
3,492
|
|
5,097
|
Loans
90 days or more past due and still accruing
|
|
514
|
|
-
|
|
78
|
|
946
|
|
245
|
Total
non-performing loans
|
|
12,329
|
|
7,987
|
|
7,638
|
|
4,438
|
|
5,342
|
All
other real estate owned
|
|
1,867
|
|
483
|
|
344
|
|
531
|
|
682
|
All
other repossessed assets
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
Total
non-performing assets
|
$
|
14,196
|
|
8,470
|
|
7,982
|
|
4,969
|
|
6,024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As
a percent of total loans at year end
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-accrual
loans
|
|
1.51%
|
|
1.11%
|
|
1.16%
|
|
0.62%
|
|
0.95%
|
Loans
90 days or more past due and still accruing
|
|
0.07%
|
|
0.00%
|
|
0.01%
|
|
0.17%
|
|
0.05%
|
Total
non-performing assets
|
|
1.82%
|
|
1.17%
|
|
1.23%
|
|
0.88%
|
|
1.12%
|
Deposits.
The
Company primarily uses deposits to fund its loan and investment portfolios. The
Company offers a variety of deposit accounts to individuals and businesses.
Deposit accounts include checking, savings, money market and time deposits. As
of December 31, 2008, total deposits were $721.1 million, an increase of $27.5
million or 4% increase over the December 31, 2007 balance of $693.6 million.
Core deposits,
which include demand deposits, savings accounts and certificates of deposits of
denominations less than $100,000, increased to $497.2 million at December 31,
2008 from $490.1 million at December 31, 2007.
Time deposits in amounts of $100,000 or
more totaled $220.4 million, $203.5 million and $194.2 million at December 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. At December 31, 2008, brokered
deposits amounted to $61.0 million as compared to $53.9 million at December 31,
2007. Brokered deposits are generally considered to be more
susceptible to withdrawal as a result of interest rate changes and to be a less
stable source of funds, as compared to deposits from the local
market. Brokered deposits outstanding as of December 31, 2008 have a
weighted average rate of 3.25% with a weighted average original term of 8
months.
Table 15 is a summary of the maturity
distribution of time deposits in amounts of $100,000 or more as of December 31,
2008.
Table
15 - Maturities of Time Deposits over $100,000
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
2008
|
Three
months or less
|
$
|
106,166
|
Over
three months through six months
|
|
58,526
|
Over
six months through twelve months
|
|
40,819
|
Over
twelve months
|
|
14,864
|
Total
|
$
|
220,375
|
Borrowed Funds.
The Company has access to various short-term borrowings,
including the purchase of federal funds and borrowing arrangements from the FHLB
and other financial institutions. At December 31, 2008, FHLB
borrowings totaled $77.0 million compared to $87.5 million at December 31, 2007
and $89.3 million at December 31, 2006. Average FHLB borrowings for 2008 were
$79.2 million, compared to average balances of $80.1 million for 2007 and $74.1
million for 2006. The maximum amount of outstanding FHLB borrowings was $97.6
million in 2008, and $95.0 in 2007 and $99.5 in 2006.
The FHLB borrowings
outstanding at December 31, 2008 had both fixed and adjustable interest rates
ranging from 3.71% to 6.49%. At December 31, 2008, all of the Bank’s
FHLB borrowings had maturities exceeding one year. The FHLB has the
option to convert $72.0 million of the total borrowings to a floating rate and,
if converted, the Bank may repay borrowings without a prepayment
fee. The Company also has an additional $5.0 million in variable rate
convertible borrowings, which may be repaid without a prepayment fee if
converted by the FHLB. Additional information regarding FHLB
borrowings is provided in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
The Bank
had $5.0 million in borrowings from the FRB at December 31, 2008. This borrowing
was a 28-day Term Auction Facility loan at an interest rate of 0.28% which
matured in January 2009.
Demand notes payable to the U. S.
Treasury, which represent treasury tax and loan payments received from
customers, amounted to approximately $1.6 million at December 31, 2008, 2007 and
2006.
Securities sold under agreements to
repurchase amounted to $37.5 million, $27.6 million and $6.4 million as of
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Junior Subordinated Debentures
(related to Trust Preferred Securities).
In June 2006 the
Company formed a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK Capital Trust II
(“PEBK Trust II”), which issued $20.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial
interests in the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest
debentures. All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II are owned
by the Company. The proceeds from the issuance of the common
securities and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK Trust II to
purchase $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of the Company, which
pay a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis
points. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the
junior subordinated debentures were used to repay in December 2006 the trust
preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust in December 2001 and for general
purposes. The debentures represent the sole asset of PEBK Trust
II. PEBK Trust II is not included in the consolidated financial
statements.
The trust
preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay quarterly at a
floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points. The Company
has guaranteed distributions and other payments due on the trust preferred
securities to the extent PEBK Trust II has funds with which to make the
distributions and other payments. The net combined effect of the
trust preferred securities transaction is that the Company is obligated to make
the distributions and other payments required on the trust preferred
securities.
These
trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the
debentures on June 28, 2036, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the
indenture. The Company has the right to redeem the debentures
purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, on or after June 28,
2011. As specified in the indenture, if the debentures are redeemed
prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the principal amount and any
accrued but unpaid interest.
Contractual Obligations and
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.
The Company’s contractual
obligations and other commitments as of December 31, 2008 are summarized in
Table 16 below. The Company’s contractual obligations include the
repayment of principal and interest related to FHLB advances and junior
subordinated debentures, as well as certain payments under current lease
agreements. Other commitments include commitments to extend
credit. Because not all of these commitments to extend credit will be
drawn upon, the actual cash requirements are likely to be significantly less
than the amounts reported for other commitments below.
Table
16 - Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
Within
One
Year
|
|
One
to
Three
Years
|
|
Three
to
Five
Years
|
|
Five
Years
or
More
|
|
Total
|
Contractual
Cash Obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term
borrowings
|
$
|
-
|
|
12,000
|
|
-
|
|
65,000
|
|
77,000
|
Junior
subordinated debentures
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
20,619
|
|
20,619
|
Operating
lease obligations
|
|
769
|
|
1,191
|
|
701
|
|
1,893
|
|
4,554
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
$
|
769
|
|
13,191
|
|
701
|
|
87,512
|
|
102,173
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
Commitments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments
to extend credit
|
$
|
54,767
|
|
14,566
|
|
2,336
|
|
87,270
|
|
158,939
|
Standby
letters of credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
financial guarantees written
|
|
4,294
|
|
22
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
4,316
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
$
|
59,061
|
|
14,588
|
|
2,336
|
|
87,270
|
|
163,255
|
The
Company enters into derivative contracts to manage various financial
risks. A derivative is a financial instrument that derives its cash
flows, and therefore its value, by reference to an underlying instrument, index
or referenced interest rate. Derivative contracts are carried at fair
value on the consolidated balance sheet with the fair value representing the net
present value of expected future cash receipts or payments based on market
interest rates as of the balance sheet date. Derivative contracts are
written in amounts referred to as notional amounts, which only provide the basis
for calculating payments between counterparties and are not a measure of
financial risk. Therefore, the derivative amounts recorded on the
balance sheet do not represent the amounts that may ultimately be paid under
these contracts. Further discussions of derivative instruments are
included above in the section entitled “Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk
Management” beginning on page A-13 and in Notes 1, 10, 11 and 16 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Capital
Resources.
Shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2008 was
$101.1 million compared to $70.1 million at December 31, 2007 and $62.8 million
at December 31, 2006. Unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, at
December 31, 2008 and 2007 amounted to gains of $5.5 million and $1.7 million,
respectively. At December 31, 2006, unrealized gains and losses, net
of taxes, amounted to a loss of $771,000. Average shareholders’
equity as a percentage of total average assets is one measure used to determine
capital strength. Average shareholders’ equity as a percentage
of total average assets was 8.20%, 8.34% and 8.09% for 2008, 2007 and
2006. The return on average shareholders’ equity was 8.38% at
December 31, 2008 as compared to 13.59% and 14.68% as of December 31, 2007 and
December 31, 2006, respectively. Total cash dividends paid during
2008 amounted to $2.7 million. Cash dividends totaling $2.3 million
and $1.9 million were paid during 2007 and 2006, respectively.
In
November 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up
to $2.0 million in common shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock
through its existing Stock Repurchase Plan effective through the end of November
2007. During 2007, the Company repurchased 100,000 shares, or
$1,938,000, of its common stock under this plan.
In August
2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 75,000
common shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock through its existing
Stock Repurchase Plan effective through the end of August 2008. The
Company repurchased 50,497 shares, or $873,000, of its common stock under this
plan during 2007. The Company repurchased 25,000 shares, or $350,000,
of its common stock under this plan during 2008. The Board of Directors ratified
the purchase of 497 additional shares in March 2008.
In March
2008, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to
100,000 common shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock through its
existing Stock Repurchase Plan effective through the end of March
2009. The Company has repurchased 65,500 shares, or $776,000, of its
common stock under this plan as of December 31, 2008. Because of the
Company’s participation in the CPP, discussed below, the Company can no longer
repurchase shares of its common stock under the Stock Repurchase Plan without
UST approval.
On
December 23, 2008, the Company entered into a Purchase Agreement with the
UST. Under the Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to issue and
sell 25,054 shares of Series A preferred stock and warrants to purchase 357,234
shares of common stock associated with the Company’s participation in the CPP
under the TARP. Proceeds from this issuance of preferred shares were
allocated between preferred stock and the warrant based on their relative fair
values at
the time of the sale. Of the $25.1 million in proceeds, $24.4 million
was allocated to the Series A preferred stock and $704,000 was allocated to the
common stock warrant. The discount recorded on the preferred stock
that resulted from allocating a portion of the proceeds to the warrant is being
accreted directly to retained earnings over a five-year period applying a level
yield. No dividends were declared or paid on the Series A preferred
stock during 2008, and cumulative undeclared dividends at December 31, 2008 were
$28,000. The CPP, created by the UST, is a voluntary program in which
selected, healthy financial institutions were encouraged to
participate. Approved use of the funds includes providing credit to
qualified borrowers, either as companies or individuals, among other
things. Such participation is intended to support the economic
development of the community and thereby restore the health of the local and
national economy.
The
Series A preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and will pay cumulative
dividends at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and 9% per annum
thereafter. The Series A preferred stock may be redeemed at the
stated amount of $1,000 per share plus any accrued and unpaid
dividends. Under the terms of the original Purchase Agreement, the
Company could not redeem the preferred shares until December 23, 2011 unless the
total amount of the issuance, $25.1 million, was replaced with the same amount
of other forms of capital that would qualify as Tier 1
capital. However, with the enactment of the ARRA, the Company can now
redeem the preferred shares at any time, if approved by the Company’s primary
regulator. The Series A preferred stock is non-voting except for
class voting rights on matters that would adversely affect the rights of the
holders of the Series A preferred stock.
The
exercise price of the warrant is $10.52 per common share and it is exercisable
at anytime on or before December 18, 2018.
The
Company is subject to the following restrictions while the Series A preferred
stock is outstanding: 1) UST approval is required for the Company to repurchase
shares of outstanding common stock; 2) the full dividend for the latest
completed CPP dividend period must declared and paid in full before dividends
may be paid to common shareholders; 3) UST approval is required for any increase
in common dividends per share; and 4) the Company may not take tax deductions
for any senior executive officer whose compensation is above
$500,000. There were additional restrictions on executive
compensation added in the ARRA for companies participating in the TARP,
including participants in the CPP.
Under
regulatory capital guidelines, financial institutions are currently required to
maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, with a Tier 1
risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or greater. Tier 1 capital is
generally defined as shareholders' equity and trust preferred securities less
all intangible assets and goodwill. Tier 1 capital at December 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006 includes $20.0 million in trust preferred securities. The
Company’s Tier 1 capital ratio was 13.65%, 11.03% and 11.70% at December 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Total risk-based capital is
defined as Tier 1 capital plus supplementary capital. Supplementary
capital, or Tier 2 capital, consists of the Company's allowance for loan losses,
not exceeding 1.25% of the Company's risk-weighted assets. Total risk-based
capital ratio is therefore defined as the ratio of total capital (Tier 1 capital
and Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets. The Company’s total
risk-based capital ratio was 14.90%, 12.16% and 12.86% at December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006, respectively. In addition to the Tier 1 and total
risk-based capital requirements, financial institutions are also required to
maintain a leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to total average assets of 4.0% or
greater. The Company’s Tier 1 leverage capital ratio was 12.40%,
10.43% and 10.80% at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
The
Bank’s Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 9.85%, 9.80% and 10.21% at December
31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The total risk-based capital
ratio for the Bank was 11.10%, 10.93% and 11.37% at December 31, 2008, 2007 and
2006, respectively. The Bank’s Tier 1 leverage capital ratio
was 8.94%, 9.26% and 9.41% at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
respectively.
A bank is
considered to be "well capitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio
of 10.0 % or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, and
has a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater. Based upon these guidelines,
the Bank was considered to be "well capitalized" at December 31, 2008, 2007 and
2006.
The
Company’s key equity ratios as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are presented
in Table 17.
Table
17 - Equity Ratios
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
Return
on average assets
|
|
0.69%
|
|
1.13%
|
|
1.19%
|
Return
on average equity
|
|
8.38%
|
|
13.59%
|
|
14.68%
|
Dividend
payout ratio
|
|
41.93%
|
|
24.30%
|
|
20.78%
|
Average
equity to average assets
|
|
8.20%
|
|
8.34%
|
|
8.09%
|
Quarterly Financial Data.
The Company’s consolidated quarterly
operating results for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are presented
in Table 18.
Table
18 - Quarterly Financial Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
Dollars
in thousands, except
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
per
share amounts)
|
First
|
|
Second
|
|
Third
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
First
|
|
Second
|
|
Third
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
interest income
|
$
|
14,553
|
|
14,072
|
|
14,122
|
|
13,576
|
|
|
$
|
15,200
|
|
15,446
|
|
15,625
|
|
15,461
|
Total
interest expense
|
|
6,680
|
|
5,700
|
|
5,627
|
|
5,520
|
|
|
|
6,607
|
|
6,735
|
|
7,038
|
|
7,205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest income
|
|
7,873
|
|
8,372
|
|
8,495
|
|
8,056
|
|
|
|
8,593
|
|
8,711
|
|
8,587
|
|
8,256
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
|
391
|
|
681
|
|
1,035
|
|
2,687
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
634
|
|
296
|
|
785
|
Other
income
|
|
2,607
|
|
2,802
|
|
2,506
|
|
2,580
|
|
|
|
2,122
|
|
2,139
|
|
2,007
|
|
2,548
|
Other
expense
|
|
6,930
|
|
7,113
|
|
7,278
|
|
7,572
|
|
|
|
6,021
|
|
6,180
|
|
6,214
|
|
7,578
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
before income taxes
|
|
3,159
|
|
3,380
|
|
2,688
|
|
377
|
|
|
|
4,371
|
|
4,036
|
|
4,084
|
|
2,441
|
Income
taxes
|
|
1,103
|
|
1,188
|
|
942
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
1,584
|
|
1,446
|
|
1,471
|
|
839
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
earnings
|
$
|
2,056
|
|
2,192
|
|
1,746
|
|
397
|
|
|
$
|
2,787
|
|
2,590
|
|
2,613
|
|
1,602
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
earnings per share
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
0.39
|
|
0.31
|
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.49
|
|
0.45
|
|
0.46
|
|
0.28
|
Diluted
earnings per share
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
0.39
|
|
0.31
|
|
0.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
0.44
|
|
0.45
|
|
0.28
|
QUANTATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market
risk reflects the risk of economic loss resulting from adverse changes in market
prices and interest rates. This risk of loss can be reflected in
either diminished current market values or reduced potential net interest income
in future periods.
The
Company’s market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in its
lending and deposit taking activities. The structure of the Company’s loan and
deposit portfolios is such that a significant decline (increase) in interest
rates may adversely (positively)
impact net market values
and interest income. Management seeks to manage the risk through the utilization
of its investment securities and off-balance sheet derivative instruments.
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company used
interest rate contracts to manage market risk as discussed above in the section
entitled “Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management.”
Table 19 presents in tabular form the
contractual balances and the estimated fair value of the Company’s on-balance
sheet financial instruments and the notional amount and estimated fair value of
the Company’s off-balance sheet derivative instruments at their expected
maturity dates for the period ended December 31, 2008. The expected maturity
categories take into consideration historical prepayment experience as well as
management’s expectations based on the interest rate environment at December 31,
2008. As of December 31, 2008, all fixed rate advances are callable
at the option of FHLB. For core deposits without contractual maturity
(i.e. interest bearing checking, savings, and money market accounts), the table
presents principal cash flows based on management’s judgment concerning their
most likely runoff or repricing behaviors.
Table
19 - Market Risk Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
In thousands)
|
Principal/Notional
Amount Maturing in Year Ended December 31,
|
Loans
Receivable
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
&
2013
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Fair
Value
|
Fixed
rate
|
$
|
33,980
|
|
|
32,285
|
|
|
20,804
|
|
|
80,068
|
|
|
40,692
|
|
|
207,829
|
|
210,922
|
Average
interest rate
|
|
7.25
|
%
|
|
7.00
|
%
|
|
6.97
|
%
|
|
6.86
|
%
|
|
7.34
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Variable
rate
|
$
|
241,262
|
|
|
84,819
|
|
|
31,616
|
|
|
50,428
|
|
|
165,234
|
|
|
573,359
|
|
573,359
|
Average
interest rate
|
|
4.09
|
%
|
|
3.98
|
%
|
|
4.39
|
%
|
|
4.33
|
%
|
|
5.99
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
781,188
|
|
784,281
|
Investment
Securities
|
|
.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
bearing cash
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
1,453
|
|
|
1,453
|
|
1,453
|
Average
interest rate
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
0.03
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
funds sold
|
$
|
6,733
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
6,733
|
|
6,733
|
Average
interest rate
|
|
0.10
|
%
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
available for sale
|
$
|
22,806
|
|
|
21,907
|
|
|
34,228
|
|
|
14,346
|
|
|
31,629
|
|
|
124,916
|
|
126,539
|
Average
interest rate
|
|
4.95
|
%
|
|
4.80
|
%
|
|
4.38
|
%
|
|
4.77
|
%
|
|
4.66
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Nonmarketable
equity securities
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
6,303
|
|
|
6,303
|
|
6,303
|
Average
interest rate
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
3.52
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt
Obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits
|
$
|
368,469
|
|
|
23,198
|
|
|
12,805
|
|
|
2,249
|
|
|
314,341
|
|
|
721,062
|
|
716,678
|
Average
interest rate
|
|
3.17
|
%
|
|
3.02
|
%
|
|
2.50
|
%
|
|
3.09
|
%
|
|
4.08
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Advances
from FHLB
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
77,000
|
|
83,038
|
Average
interest rate
|
|
-
|
|
|
6.05
|
%
|
|
4.21
|
%
|
|
4.19
|
%
|
|
4.27
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
Reserve Borrowings
|
$
|
5,000
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
4,999
|
Average
interest rate
|
|
0.28
|
%
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Demand
notes payable to U.S. Treasury
|
$
|
1,600
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
1,600
|
|
1,600
|
Average
interest rate
|
|
0.12
|
%
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
sold under agreement to repurchase
|
$
|
37,501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,501
|
|
37,501
|
Average
interest rate
|
|
1.34
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Junior
subordinated debentures
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
20,619
|
|
|
20,619
|
|
20,619
|
Average
interest rate
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
3.63
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative
Instruments (notional amount)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
rate floor contracts
|
$
|
115,000
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
115,000
|
|
2,254
|
Average
interest rate
|
|
7.58
|
%
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
rate swap contracts
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
2,727
|
Average
interest rate
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
Table 20 presents the simulated impact to net interest income under
varying interest rate scenarios and the theoretical impact of rate changes over
a twelve-month period referred to as “rate ramps.” The table shows
the estimated theoretical impact on the Company’s tax equivalent net interest
income from hypothetical rate changes of plus and minus 1% and 2% as compared to
the estimated theoretical impact of rates remaining unchanged. The
table also shows the simulated impact to market value of equity under varying
interest rate scenarios and the theoretical impact of immediate and sustained
rate changes referred to as “rate shocks” of plus and minus 1% and 2% compared
to the theoretical impact of rates remaining unchanged. The
prospective effects of the hypothetical interest rate changes are based upon
various assumptions, including relative and estimated levels of key interest
rates. This type of modeling has limited usefulness because it does
not allow for the strategies management would utilize in response to sudden and
sustained rate changes. Also, management does not believe that rate
changes of the magnitude presented are likely in the forecast period
presented.
Table
20 - Interest Rate Risk
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Estimated
Resulting Theoretical Net
Interest
Income
|
Hypothetical
rate change (ramp over 12 months)
|
|
|
Amount
|
%
Change
|
|
+2%
|
|
|
$
|
32,175
|
|
3.95%
|
|
+1%
|
|
|
$
|
31,476
|
|
1.70%
|
|
0%
|
|
|
$
|
30,951
|
|
0.00%
|
|
-1%
|
|
|
$
|
30,455
|
|
-1.60%
|
|
-2%
|
|
|
$
|
29,832
|
|
-3.62%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
Resulting Theoretical
Market
Value of Equity
|
Hypothetical
rate change (immediate shock)
|
|
|
Amount
|
%
Change
|
|
+2%
|
|
|
$
|
92,797
|
|
-10.94%
|
|
+1%
|
|
|
$
|
98,019
|
|
-5.92%
|
|
0%
|
|
|
$
|
104,192
|
|
0.00%
|
|
-1%
|
|
|
$
|
106,142
|
|
1.87%
|
|
-2%
|
|
|
$
|
108,667
|
|
4.30%
|
MARKET FOR THE
COMPANY’S COMMON EQUITY
AND
RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
Peoples Bancorp common stock is traded
on the over-the-counter (OTC) market and quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market,
under the symbol “PEBK.” Market makers for the Company’s shares
include Scott and Stringfellow, Inc. and Sterne Agee & Leach.
Although the payment of dividends by
the Company is subject to certain requirements and limitations of North Carolina
corporate law, neither the Commissioner nor the FDIC have promulgated any
regulations specifically limiting the right of the Company to pay dividends and
repurchase shares. However, the ability of the Company to pay
dividends and repurchase shares may be dependent upon the Company’s receipt of
dividends from the Bank. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends is
limited. North Carolina commercial banks, such as the Bank, are
subject to legal limitations on the amounts of dividends they are permitted to
pay. Dividends may be paid by the Bank from undivided profits,
which are determined by deducting and charging certain items against actual
profits, including any contributions to surplus required by North Carolina
law. Also, an insured depository institution, such as the Bank,
is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of
dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become
“undercapitalized” (as such term is defined in the applicable law and
regulations). Based on its current financial condition, the
Bank does not expect that this provision will have any impact on the Bank’s
ability to pay dividends. Due to the Company’s participation in the
CPP, the full dividend for the latest completed CPP dividend period must be
declared and paid in full before dividends may be paid to common shareholders
and UST approval is required for any increase in common dividends per
share.
As of March 10, 2009, the Company had
707 shareholders of record, not including the number of persons or entities
whose stock is held in
nominee or street name through various brokerage firms or
banks. The market price for the Company’s common stock was
$5.55 on March 10, 2009.
Table 21
presents certain market and dividend information for the last two fiscal
years. Over-the-counter quotations reflect inter-dealer prices,
without retail mark-up, mark down or commission and may not necessarily
represent actual transactions.
Table
21 - Market and Dividend Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
Dividend
|
2008
|
Low
Bid
|
|
|
High
Bid
|
|
|
Per
Share
|
First
Quarter
|
$
|
12.20
|
|
|
15.50
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second
Quarter
|
$
|
9.56
|
|
|
14.19
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third
Quarter
|
$
|
7.36
|
|
|
13.14
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth
Quarter
|
$
|
8.51
|
|
|
12.00
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
Dividend
|
2007
|
Low
Bid
|
|
|
High
Bid
|
|
|
Per
Share
|
First
Quarter
|
$
|
17.37
|
|
|
19.26
|
|
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second
Quarter
|
$
|
17.89
|
|
|
21.15
|
|
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third
Quarter
|
$
|
17.13
|
|
|
20.03
|
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth
Quarter
|
$
|
14.75
|
|
|
18.00
|
|
|
0.12
|
STOCK
PERFORMANCE GRAPH
The
following graph compares the Company’s cumulative shareholder return on its
Common Stock with a NASDAQ index and with a southeastern bank
index. The graph was prepared by SNL Securities, L.C.,
Charlottesville, Virginia, using data as of December 31, 2008.
COMPARISON
OF SIX-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURNS
Performance
Report for
Peoples
Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
PEOPLES
BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
Consolidated
Financial Statements
|
December
31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
|
|
INDEX
|
|
|
|
PAGE(S)
|
|
|
Report
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on the Consolidated
Financial Statements
|
A-31
|
|
|
Financial
Statements
|
|
Consolidated
Balance Sheets at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007
|
A-32
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and
2006
|
A-33
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December
31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
|
A-34
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006
|
A-35
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and
2006
|
A-36
- A-37
|
|
|
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
A-38
-
A-61
|
Porter
Keadle Moore, LLP
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT
REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the
Board of Directors and shareholders
Peoples
Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
Newton,
North Carolina
We have
audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Peoples Bancorp of North
Carolina, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the
related consolidated statements of earnings, changes in shareholders’ equity,
comprehensive income and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
We
conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
In our
opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Peoples Bancorp of North
Carolina and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of
their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America.
We were
not engaged to examine management's assessment of the effectiveness of Peoples
Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc’s. internal control over financial reporting as
of December 31, 2008, included in the accompanying Management’s Report of
Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting and, accordingly, we do not express
an opinion thereon.
/s/
Porter Keadle Moore, LLP
Atlanta,
Georgia
March 6,
2009
Certified
Public Accountants
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Suite
1800
Ÿ
235
Peachtree Street NE
Ÿ
Atlanta,
Georgia 30303
Ÿ
Phone 404-588-4200
Ÿ
Fax
404-588-4222
Ÿ
www.pkm.com
PEOPLES
BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
Balance Sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December
31, 2008 and 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and due from banks, including reserve requirements
|
|
$
|
19,743,047
|
|
|
|
26,108,437
|
|
of
$7,257,000 and $7,439,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
bearing deposits
|
|
|
1,452,825
|
|
|
|
1,539,190
|
|
Federal
funds sold
|
|
|
6,733,000
|
|
|
|
2,152,000
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
|
27,928,872
|
|
|
|
29,799,627
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment
securities available for sale
|
|
|
124,916,349
|
|
|
|
120,968,358
|
|
Other
investments
|
|
|
6,302,809
|
|
|
|
6,433,947
|
|
Total
securities
|
|
|
131,219,158
|
|
|
|
127,402,305
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
781,188,082
|
|
|
|
722,276,948
|
|
Less
allowance for loan losses
|
|
|
(11,025,516
|
)
|
|
|
(9,103,058
|
)
|
Net
loans
|
|
|
770,162,566
|
|
|
|
713,173,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Premises
and equipment, net
|
|
|
18,296,895
|
|
|
|
18,234,393
|
|
Cash
surrender value of life insurance
|
|
|
7,019,478
|
|
|
|
6,776,379
|
|
Accrued
interest receivable and other assets
|
|
|
14,135,328
|
|
|
|
11,875,202
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
$
|
968,762,297
|
|
|
|
907,261,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Shareholders'
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-interest
bearing demand
|
|
$
|
104,448,128
|
|
|
|
112,071,090
|
|
NOW,
MMDA & savings
|
|
|
210,057,612
|
|
|
|
196,959,895
|
|
Time,
$100,000 or more
|
|
|
220,374,302
|
|
|
|
203,499,504
|
|
Other
time
|
|
|
186,182,341
|
|
|
|
181,108,214
|
|
Total
deposits
|
|
|
721,062,383
|
|
|
|
693,638,703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Demand
notes payable to U.S. Treasury
|
|
|
1,600,000
|
|
|
|
1,600,000
|
|
Securities
sold under agreement to repurchase
|
|
|
37,500,738
|
|
|
|
27,583,263
|
|
Short-term
Federal Reserve Bank borrowings
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
FHLB
borrowings
|
|
|
77,000,000
|
|
|
|
87,500,000
|
|
Junior
subordinated debentures
|
|
|
20,619,000
|
|
|
|
20,619,000
|
|
Accrued
interest payable and other liabilities
|
|
|
4,851,750
|
|
|
|
6,219,248
|
|
Total
liabilities
|
|
|
867,633,871
|
|
|
|
837,160,214
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders'
equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series
A preferred stock, $1,000 stated value; authorized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,000,000
shares; issued and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,054
shares in 2008 and no shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
outstanding
in 2007
|
|
|
24,350,219
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Common
stock, no par value; authorized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,000,000
shares; issued and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
outstanding
5,539,056 shares in 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
5,624,234 shares in 2007
|
|
|
48,268,525
|
|
|
|
48,651,895
|
|
Retained
earnings
|
|
|
22,985,694
|
|
|
|
19,741,876
|
|
Accumulated
other comprehensive income
|
|
|
5,523,988
|
|
|
|
1,707,811
|
|
Total
shareholders' equity
|
|
|
101,128,426
|
|
|
|
70,101,582
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
liabilities and shareholders' equity
|
|
$
|
968,762,297
|
|
|
|
907,261,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PEOPLES
BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For
the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
and fees on loans
|
|
$
|
50,603,885
|
|
|
|
55,400,514
|
|
|
|
49,667,700
|
|
Interest
on federal funds sold
|
|
|
54,765
|
|
|
|
383,492
|
|
|
|
85,307
|
|
Interest
on investment securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
Government sponsored enterprises
|
|
|
4,392,356
|
|
|
|
4,571,571
|
|
|
|
4,321,346
|
|
States
and political subdivisions
|
|
|
904,432
|
|
|
|
887,584
|
|
|
|
798,185
|
|
Other
|
|
|
367,423
|
|
|
|
488,465
|
|
|
|
521,077
|
|
Total
interest income
|
|
|
56,322,861
|
|
|
|
61,731,626
|
|
|
|
55,393,615
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOW,
MMDA & savings deposits
|
|
|
3,248,844
|
|
|
|
4,098,892
|
|
|
|
3,060,201
|
|
Time
deposits
|
|
|
15,008,193
|
|
|
|
17,430,012
|
|
|
|
14,188,623
|
|
FHLB
borrowings
|
|
|
3,616,018
|
|
|
|
3,758,996
|
|
|
|
3,588,169
|
|
Junior
subordinated debentures
|
|
|
1,016,361
|
|
|
|
1,475,701
|
|
|
|
1,962,692
|
|
Other
|
|
|
637,201
|
|
|
|
821,331
|
|
|
|
310,188
|
|
Total
interest expense
|
|
|
23,526,617
|
|
|
|
27,584,932
|
|
|
|
23,109,873
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest income
|
|
|
32,796,244
|
|
|
|
34,146,694
|
|
|
|
32,283,742
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
|
|
4,794,000
|
|
|
|
2,038,000
|
|
|
|
2,513,282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest income after provision for loan losses
|
|
|
28,002,244
|
|
|
|
32,108,694
|
|
|
|
29,770,460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service
charges
|
|
|
5,202,972
|
|
|
|
4,278,238
|
|
|
|
3,929,956
|
|
Other
service charges and fees
|
|
|
2,399,051
|
|
|
|
1,938,137
|
|
|
|
1,539,367
|
|
Loss
on sale and write-down of securities
|
|
|
(167,048
|
)
|
|
|
(561,832
|
)
|
|
|
(591,856
|
)
|
Mortgage
banking income
|
|
|
660,288
|
|
|
|
560,291
|
|
|
|
289,293
|
|
Insurance
and brokerage commissions
|
|
|
425,653
|
|
|
|
521,095
|
|
|
|
388,559
|
|
Loss
on sale and write-down of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
other
real estate and repossessed assets
|
|
|
(287,431
|
)
|
|
|
(117,880
|
)
|
|
|
(107,712
|
)
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
2,261,104
|
|
|
|
2,197,645
|
|
|
|
2,106,188
|
|
Total
other income
|
|
|
10,494,589
|
|
|
|
8,815,694
|
|
|
|
7,553,795
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries
and employee benefits
|
|
|
15,194,393
|
|
|
|
13,887,841
|
|
|
|
11,785,094
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
5,029,096
|
|
|
|
4,750,634
|
|
|
|
4,180,058
|
|
Other
|
|
|
8,669,465
|
|
|
|
7,354,401
|
|
|
|
7,017,986
|
|
Total
other expenses
|
|
|
28,892,954
|
|
|
|
25,992,876
|
|
|
|
22,983,138
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings
before income taxes
|
|
|
9,603,879
|
|
|
|
14,931,512
|
|
|
|
14,341,117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
taxes
|
|
|
3,213,316
|
|
|
|
5,339,541
|
|
|
|
5,170,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
earnings
|
|
$
|
6,390,563
|
|
|
|
9,591,971
|
|
|
|
9,170,817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
|
|
1.68
|
|
|
|
1.61
|
|
Diluted
earnings per common share
|
|
$
|
1.13
|
|
|
|
1.65
|
|
|
|
1.58
|
|
Cash
dividends declared per common share
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
|
0.41
|
|
|
|
0.33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PEOPLES
BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For
the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
Stock Shares
|
|
Stock Amount
|
|
Retained
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Preferred
|
Common
|
|
Preferred
|
Common
|
|
Earnings
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
Total
|
|
Balance,
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
3,440,805
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
41,096,500
|
|
|
14,656,160
|
|
|
(1,399,666
|
)
|
|
54,352,994
|
|
10%
stock dividend
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
343,850
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
9,430,532
|
|
|
(9,430,532
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Cash
paid in lieu of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fractional
shares
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(6,426
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
(6,426
|
)
|
Cash
dividends declared
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(1,905,556
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
(1,905,556
|
)
|
Repurchase
and retirement of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
common
stock
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(19,250
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
(425,000
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(425,000
|
)
|
Exercise
of stock options
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
65,229
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
771,325
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
771,325
|
|
Stock
option tax benefit
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
243,100
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
243,100
|
|
Stock
option compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
expense
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
5,690
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
5,690
|
|
Net
earnings
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
9,170,817
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
9,170,817
|
|
Change
in accumulated other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
comprehensive
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(loss),
net of tax
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
628,429
|
|
|
628,429
|
|
Balance,
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
3,830,634
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
51,122,147
|
|
|
12,484,463
|
|
|
(771,237
|
)
|
|
62,835,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
for 2 stock split
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
1,915,147
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Cash
paid in lieu of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
fractional
shares
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(3,355
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
(3,355
|
)
|
Cash
dividends declared
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(2,331,203
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
(2,331,203
|
)
|
Repurchase
and retirement of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
common
stock
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(150,497
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
(2,810,907
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(2,810,907
|
)
|
Exercise
of stock options
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
28,950
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
239,182
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
239,182
|
|
Stock
option tax benefit
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
91,815
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
91,815
|
|
Stock
option compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
expense
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
9,658
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
9,658
|
|
Net
earnings
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
9,591,971
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
9,591,971
|
|
Change
in accumulated other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
comprehensive
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(loss),
net of tax
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
2,479,048
|
|
|
2,479,048
|
|
Balance,
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
5,624,234
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
48,651,895
|
|
|
19,741,876
|
|
|
1,707,811
|
|
|
70,101,582
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative
effect of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
adoption
of EITF 06-4
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(466,917
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
(466,917
|
)
|
Issuance
of Series A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
preferred
stock
|
|
|
25,054
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
24,350,219
|
|
|
703,781
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
25,054,000
|
|
Cash
dividends declared on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
common
stock
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(2,679,828
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
(2,679,828
|
)
|
Repurchase
and retirement of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
common
stock
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(90,500
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
(1,126,275
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(1,126,275
|
)
|
Exercise
of stock options
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
5,322
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
43,948
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
43,948
|
|
Stock
option compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
expense
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(4,824
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(4,824
|
)
|
Net
earnings
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
6,390,563
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
6,390,563
|
|
Change
in accumulated other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
comprehensive
income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(loss),
net of tax
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
3,816,177
|
|
|
3,816,177
|
|
Balance,
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
25,054
|
|
|
5,539,056
|
|
$
|
24,350,219
|
|
|
48,268,525
|
|
|
22,985,694
|
|
|
5,523,988
|
|
|
101,128,426
|
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PEOPLES
BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Comprehensive Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For
the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
earnings
|
$
|
6,390,563
|
|
|
9,591,971
|
|
|
9,170,817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
holding gains on securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
available
for sale
|
|
2,144,591
|
|
|
1,964,861
|
|
|
197,569
|
|
Reclassification
adjustment for losses on sales and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
write-downs
of securities available for sale included
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in
net earnings
|
|
167,048
|
|
|
561,832
|
|
|
591,856
|
|
Unrealized
holding gains (losses) on derivative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
financial
instruments qualifying as cash flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
hedges
|
|
3,743,982
|
|
|
1,244,910
|
|
|
(345,049
|
)
|
Reclassification
adjustment for losses on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
derivative
financial instruments qualifying as
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cash
flow hedges included in net earnings
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
386,285
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
other comprehensive income,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
before
income taxes
|
|
6,055,621
|
|
|
3,771,603
|
|
|
830,661
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
tax expense related to other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
comprehensive
income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
holding gains on securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
available
for sale
|
|
835,318
|
|
|
765,313
|
|
|
76,953
|
|
Reclassification
adjustment for losses on sales and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
write-downs
of securities available for sale included
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in
net earnings
|
|
65,065
|
|
|
218,834
|
|
|
230,528
|
|
Unrealized
holding gains (losses) on derivative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
financial
instruments qualifying as cash flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
hedges
|
|
1,339,061
|
|
|
308,408
|
|
|
(255,707
|
)
|
Reclassification
adjustment for losses on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
derivative
financial instruments qualifying as
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cash
flow hedges included in net earnings
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
150,458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
income tax expense related to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
other
comprehensive income
|
|
2,239,444
|
|
|
1,292,555
|
|
|
202,232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
other comprehensive income,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
net
of tax
|
|
3,816,177
|
|
|
2,479,048
|
|
|
628,429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
comprehensive income
|
$
|
10,206,740
|
|
|
12,071,019
|
|
|
9,799,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PEOPLES
BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For
the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Cash
flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
earnings
|
$
|
6,390,563
|
|
|
9,591,971
|
|
|
9,170,817
|
|
Adjustments
to reconcile net earnings to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
net
cash provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation,
amortization and accretion
|
|
1,678,913
|
|
|
1,553,251
|
|
|
1,616,558
|
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
|
4,794,000
|
|
|
2,038,000
|
|
|
2,513,282
|
|
Deferred
income taxes
|
|
(485,137
|
)
|
|
(479,806
|
)
|
|
(615,626
|
)
|
Loss
on sale and write-down of investment securities
|
|
167,048
|
|
|
561,832
|
|
|
591,856
|
|
Recognition
of gain on sale of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
derivative
instruments
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
386,285
|
|
Loss
(gain) on sale of premises and equipment
|
|
1,404
|
|
|
(10,337
|
)
|
|
(20,896
|
)
|
Loss
(gain) on sale of repossessed assets
|
|
46,801
|
|
|
83,294
|
|
|
(2,288
|
)
|
Write-down
of other real estate and repossessions
|
|
240,630
|
|
|
34,586
|
|
|
110,000
|
|
Amortization
of deferred issuance costs on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
junior
subordinated debentures
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
461,298
|
|
Stock
option compensation expense
|
|
12,434
|
|
|
9,658
|
|
|
5,690
|
|
Change
in:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage
loans held for sale
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
2,247,900
|
|
Cash
surrender value of life insurance
|
|
(243,099
|
)
|
|
(243,973
|
)
|
|
(220,649
|
)
|
Other
assets
|
|
(19,918
|
)
|
|
(1,013,866
|
)
|
|
(1,206,937
|
)
|
Other
liabilities
|
|
(1,851,672
|
)
|
|
2,403,990
|
|
|
(230,144
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash provided by operating activities
|
|
10,731,967
|
|
|
14,528,600
|
|
|
14,807,146
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases
of investment securities available for sale
|
|
(41,658,966
|
)
|
|
(15,858,155
|
)
|
|
(30,579,262
|
)
|
Proceeds
from calls and maturities of investment securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
available
for sale
|
|
16,488,469
|
|
|
7,470,991
|
|
|
8,562,058
|
|
Proceeds
from sales of investment securities available
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for
sale
|
|
23,448,161
|
|
|
8,362,525
|
|
|
19,871,979
|
|
Purchases
of other investments
|
|
(4,179,862
|
)
|
|
(8,356,900
|
)
|
|
(12,748,200
|
)
|
Proceeds
from sale of other investments
|
|
4,311,000
|
|
|
8,424,000
|
|
|
11,263,500
|
|
Net
change in loans
|
|
(65,188,183
|
)
|
|
(72,815,928
|
)
|
|
(86,825,349
|
)
|
Purchases
of premises and equipment
|
|
(1,857,429
|
)
|
|
(7,672,018
|
)
|
|
(1,624,299
|
)
|
Proceeds
from sale of premises and equipment
|
|
33,545
|
|
|
55,630
|
|
|
-
|
|
Proceeds
from sale of repossessed assets
|
|
2,867,543
|
|
|
425,158
|
|
|
825,115
|
|
Purchases
of derivative financial instruments
|
|
-
|
|
|
(634,000
|
)
|
|
(961,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash used by investing activities
|
|
(65,735,722
|
)
|
|
(80,598,697
|
)
|
|
(92,215,958
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
change in deposits
|
|
27,423,680
|
|
|
59,818,414
|
|
|
50,966,628
|
|
Net
change in demand notes payable to U.S. Treasury
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
126,307
|
|
Net
change in securities sold under agreement to repurchase
|
|
9,917,475
|
|
|
21,165,460
|
|
|
5,436,753
|
|
Proceeds
from FHLB borrowings
|
|
97,100,000
|
|
|
275,300,000
|
|
|
700,800,000
|
|
Repayments
of FHLB borrowings
|
|
(107,600,000
|
)
|
|
(277,100,000
|
)
|
|
(683,100,000
|
)
|
Proceeds
from FRB borrowings
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Proceeds
from issuance of junior subordinated debentures
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
20,619,000
|
|
Repayments
of junior subordinated debentures
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(14,433,000
|
)
|
Proceeds
from issuance of Series A preferred stock
|
|
25,054,000
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Proceeds
from exercise of stock options
|
|
43,948
|
|
|
330,997
|
|
|
1,014,425
|
|
Common
stock repurchased
|
|
(1,126,275
|
)
|
|
(2,810,907
|
)
|
|
(425,000
|
)
|
Cash
paid in lieu of fractional shares
|
|
-
|
|
|
(3,355
|
)
|
|
(6,426
|
)
|
Cash
dividends paid
|
|
(2,679,828
|
)
|
|
(2,331,203
|
)
|
|
(1,905,556
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash provided by financing activities
|
|
53,133,000
|
|
|
74,369,406
|
|
|
79,093,131
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
change in cash and cash equivalent
|
|
(1,870,755
|
)
|
|
8,299,309
|
|
|
1,684,319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
29,799,627
|
|
|
21,500,318
|
|
|
19,815,999
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents at end of period
|
$
|
27,928,872
|
|
|
29,799,627
|
|
|
21,500,318
|
|
PEOPLES
BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows, continued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For
the Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental
disclosures of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
paid during the year for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
$
|
23,799,196
|
|
|
27,420,245
|
|
|
23,171,572
|
|
Income
taxes
|
$
|
4,165,800
|
|
|
5,689,500
|
|
|
6,398,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncash
investing and financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change
in unrealized gain on investment securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
available
for sale, net
|
$
|
1,411,256
|
|
|
1,542,546
|
|
|
481,944
|
|
Change
in unrealized gain on derivative financial
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
instruments,
net
|
$
|
2,404,921
|
|
|
936,502
|
|
|
146,485
|
|
Transfer
of loans to other real estate and repossessions
|
$
|
4,538,987
|
|
|
681,735
|
|
|
746,004
|
|
Financed
portion of sale of other real estate
|
$
|
1,133,480
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
273,000
|
|
Reclassification
of an investment from other assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to
securities available for sale
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
499,995
|
|
|
-
|
|
Reclassification
of a security from other investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to
securities available for sale
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
600,000
|
|
|
-
|
|
Transfer
of retained earnings to common stock for
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
issuance
of stock dividend
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
9,430,532
|
|
Deferred
gain rolled into cost basis of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
acquired
building
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
539,815
|
|
|
-
|
|
Cumulative
effect of adoption of EITF 06-4
|
$
|
466,917
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PEOPLES
BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
(1)
|
Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies
|
Organization
Peoples
Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (“Bancorp”) received regulatory approval to
operate as a bank holding company on July 22, 1999, and became effective August
31, 1999. Bancorp is primarily regulated by the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System, and serves as the one-bank holding company for
Peoples Bank.
Peoples
Bank (the “Bank”) commenced business in 1912 upon receipt of its banking charter
from the North Carolina State Banking Commission (the “SBC”). The Bank is
primarily regulated by the SBC and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and
undergoes periodic examinations by these regulatory agencies. The Bank, whose
main office is in Newton, North Carolina, provides a full range of commercial
and consumer banking services primarily in Catawba, Alexander, Lincoln,
Mecklenburg, Iredell, Union and Wake counties in North Carolina.
Peoples
Investment Services, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and began
operations in 1996 to provide investment and trust services through agreements
with an outside party.
Real
Estate Advisory Services, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and
began operations in 1997 to provide real estate appraisal and property
management services to individuals and commercial customers of the
Bank.
Principles of
Consolidation
The
consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Peoples
Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank, along
with the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc. and
Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc. (collectively called the
“Company”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions
have been eliminated in consolidation.
Basis of
Presentation
The
accounting principles followed by the Company, and the methods of applying these
principles, conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America (“GAAP”) and with general practices in the banking industry.
In preparing the financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management is
required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in
the financial statements. Actual results could differ significantly from these
estimates. Material estimates common to the banking industry that are
particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term include, but are
not limited to, the determination of the allowance for loan losses and valuation
of real estate acquired in connection with or in lieu of foreclosure on
loans.
Cash and Cash
Equivalents
Cash and
due from banks and federal funds sold are considered cash and cash equivalents
for cash flow reporting purposes. Generally, federal funds are sold for one-day
periods.
Investment
Securities
The
Company classifies its securities in one of three categories: trading, available
for sale, or held to maturity. Trading securities are bought and held
principally for sale in the near term. Held to maturity securities are those
securities for which the Company has the ability and intent to hold until
maturity. All other securities not included in trading or held to maturity are
classified as available for sale. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company
classified all of its investment securities as available for sale.
Available
for sale securities are recorded at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and
losses, net of the related tax effect, are excluded from earnings and are
reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity until
realized.
A decline
in the market value of any available for sale investment below cost that is
deemed other than temporary is charged to earnings and establishes a new cost
basis for the security.
Premiums
and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related security as
an adjustment to the yield. Realized gains and losses for securities
classified as available for sale are included in earnings and are derived using
the specific identification method for determining the cost of securities
sold.
Other
Investments
Other
investments include equity securities with no readily determinable fair
value. These investments are carried at cost.
Loans
Loans
that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or
until maturity are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of the
allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is calculated by using the simple
interest method on daily balances of the principal amount
outstanding. The recognition of certain loan origination fee
income and certain loan origination costs is deferred when such loans are
originated and amortized over the life of the loan.
Impaired
loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows,
discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the loan’s observable
market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral
dependent. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it
is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan
will not be collected.
Accrual
of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes, after
considering economic conditions and collection efforts that the borrower’s
financial condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful. Interest
previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period earnings
and interest is recognized on a cash basis when such loans are placed on
non-accrual status.
Allowance for Loan
Losses
The
allowance for loan losses reflects management's assessment and estimate of the
risks associated with extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the
loan portfolio. The Bank periodically analyzes the loan portfolio in
an effort to review asset quality and to establish an allowance for loan losses
that management believes will be adequate in light of anticipated risks and loan
losses. In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, size, quality and
risk of loans in the portfolio are reviewed. Other factors considered
are:
·
|
the
Bank’s loan loss experience;
|
·
|
the
amount of past due and non-performing
loans;
|
·
|
the
status and amount of other past due and non-performing
assets;
|
·
|
underlying
estimated values of collateral securing
loans;
|
·
|
current
and anticipated economic conditions;
and
|
·
|
other
factors which management believes affect the allowance for potential
credit losses.
|
The
allowance for loan losses is comprised of three components: specific reserves,
general reserves and unallocated reserves. After a loan has been
identified as impaired, management measures impairment in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 114, “Accounting
By Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.” When the measure of the impaired loan is
less than the recorded investment in the loan, the amount of the impairment is
recorded as a specific reserve. These specific reserves are determined on an
individual loan basis based on management’s current evaluation of the Company’s
loss exposure for each credit, given the payment status, financial condition of
the borrower, and value of any underlying collateral. Loans for which specific
reserves are provided are excluded from the general allowance calculations as
described below.
The
general allowance reflects reserves established under the provisions of SFAS No.
5, “Accounting for Contingencies” for collective loan
impairment. These reserves are based upon historical net charge-offs
using the last three years’ experience. This charge-off experience
may be adjusted to reflect the effects of current conditions. The
Bank considers information derived from its loan risk ratings and external data
related to industry and general economic trends.
The
unallocated allowance is determined through management’s assessment of probable
losses that are in the portfolio but are not adequately captured by the other
two components of the allowance, including consideration of current economic and
business conditions and regulatory requirements. The unallocated allowance also
reflects management’s acknowledgement of the imprecision and subjectivity that
underlie the modeling of credit risk. Due to the subjectivity
involved in determining the overall allowance, including the unallocated
portion, this unallocated portion may fluctuate from period to period based on
management’s evaluation of the factors affecting the assumptions used in
calculating the allowance.
Management
considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover the estimated losses
inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio as of the date of the financial
statements. Management believes it has established the allowance in accordance
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
and in consideration of the current economic environment. Although management
uses the best information available to make evaluations, significant future
additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and
other conditions, thus adversely affecting the operating results of the
Company.
There
were no significant changes in the estimation methods or fundamental assumptions
used in the evaluation of the allowance for loan losses for the year ended
December 31, 2008 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2007.
Such revisions, estimates and assumptions are made in any period in which the
supporting factors indicate that loss levels may vary from the previous
estimates.
Additionally,
various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process,
periodically review the Bank’s allowances for loan losses. Such agencies may
require adjustments to the allowances based on their judgments of information
available to them at the time of their examinations.
Mortgage Banking
Activities
Mortgage
banking income represents net gains from the sale of mortgage loans and fees
received from borrowers and loan investors related to the Company’s origination
of single-family residential mortgage loans.
Mortgage
servicing rights (“MSR's”) represent the unamortized cost of purchased and
originated contractual rights to service mortgages for others in exchange for a
servicing fee. MSRs are amortized over the period of estimated net
servicing income and are periodically adjusted for actual prepayments of the
underlying mortgage loans. During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company
fully amortized the remaining balance of the Bank’s MSRs.
Management determined
there was minimal fair value in the MSRs due to the small remaining balance in
the loans serviced for others.
The Company amortized
approximately $227,000 during 2006. No new servicing assets were
recognized during 2008, 2007 and 2006.
Mortgage
loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying balance sheets.
The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others was
approximately $9.3 million, $12.1 million and $14.8 million at December 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Premises and
Equipment
Premises
and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is
computed primarily using the straight-line method over the estimated useful
lives of the assets. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed, the cost and
related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or
loss is reflected in earnings for the period. The cost of maintenance and
repairs that do not improve or extend the useful life of the respective asset is
charged to earnings as incurred, whereas significant renewals and improvements
are capitalized. The range of estimated useful lives for premises and equipment
are generally as follows:
Buildings
and improvements
|
|
10
- 50 years
|
Furniture
and equipment
|
|
3 -
10 years
|
Foreclosed
Assets
Foreclosed
assets include all assets received in full or partial satisfaction of a loan and
include real and personal property. Foreclosed assets are reported at the lower
of carrying amount or net realizable value, and are included in other assets on
the balance sheet.
Income
Taxes
Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences
attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of
existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Additionally,
the recognition of future tax benefits, such as net operating loss
carryforwards, is required to the extent that the realization of such benefits
is more likely than not. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using
enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the
assets and liabilities are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on
deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in
income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.
In the
event the future tax consequences of differences between the financial reporting
bases and the tax bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities results in
deferred tax assets, an evaluation of the probability of being able to realize
the future benefits indicated by such asset is required. A valuation allowance
is provided for the portion of the deferred tax asset when it is more likely
than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be
realized.
In assessing the realizability of the deferred tax assets, management considers
the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable
income, and tax planning strategies.
Derivative Financial
Instruments and Hedging Activities
In the
normal course of business, the Company enters into derivative contracts to
manage interest rate risk by modifying the characteristics of the related
balance sheet instruments in order to reduce the adverse effect of changes in
interest rates. All derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value
in the financial statements.
On the
date a derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the
derivative as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge, or a trading instrument.
Changes in the fair value of instruments used as fair value hedges are accounted
for in the earnings of the period simultaneous with accounting for the fair
value change of the item being hedged. Changes in the fair value of the
effective portion of cash flow hedges are accounted for in other comprehensive
income rather than earnings. Changes in fair value of instruments that are not
intended as a hedge are accounted for in the earnings of the period of the
change.
If a
derivative instrument designated as a fair value hedge is terminated or the
hedge designation removed, the difference between a hedged item’s then carrying
amount and its face amount is recognized into income over the original hedge
period. Likewise, if a derivative instrument designated as a cash flow hedge is
terminated or the hedge designation removed, related amounts accumulated in
other accumulated comprehensive income are reclassified into earnings over the
original hedge period during which the hedged item affects income.
The
Company formally documents all hedging relationships, including an assessment
that the derivative instruments are expected to be highly effective in
offsetting the changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged
items.
Advertising
Costs
Advertising
costs are expensed as incurred.
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
At
December 31, 2008, accumulated other comprehensive income consisted of net
unrealized gains on securities available for sale of $2.3 million and net
unrealized gains on derivatives of $3.2 million. At December 31,
2007, accumulated other comprehensive income consisted of net unrealized gains
on securities available for sale of $943,000 and net unrealized gains on
derivatives of $765,000.
Stock-Based
Compensation
The
Company has an Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”)
whereby certain stock-based rights, such as stock options, restricted stock,
performance units, stock appreciation rights, or book value shares, may be
granted to eligible directors and employees. A total of 636,687
shares are currently reserved for possible issuance under this
Plan. All rights must be granted or awarded within ten years
from the May 13, 1999 effective date of the plan.
Under the
Plan, the Company has granted incentive stock options to certain eligible
employees in order that they may purchase Company stock at a price equal to the
fair market value on the date of the grant. The options granted in
1999 vested over a five-year period. Options granted subsequent to
1999 vest over a three-year period.
All
options expire after ten years. A summary of the activity in the Plan
is presented below:
Stock
Option Activity
|
For
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Weighted
Average
Option
Price
Per Share
|
|
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in
years)
|
|
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
|
Outstanding,
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
319,692
|
|
|
$
|
8.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
during the period
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
during the period
|
|
|
(164
|
)
|
|
$
|
7.38
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
during the period
|
|
|
(97,854
|
)
|
|
$
|
7.87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding,
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
221,674
|
|
|
$
|
8.24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
during the period
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
during the period
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
during the period
|
|
|
(28,949
|
)
|
|
$
|
8.26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding,
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
192,725
|
|
|
$
|
8.24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
during the period
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
during the period
|
|
|
(2,458
|
)
|
|
$
|
8.02
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
during the period
|
|
|
(5,322
|
)
|
|
$
|
8.26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding,
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
184,945
|
|
|
$
|
8.24
|
|
3.08
|
|
$
174,002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable,
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
184,945
|
|
|
$
|
8.24
|
|
3.08
|
|
$
174,002
|
Options
outstanding at December 31, 2008 are exercisable at option prices ranging from
$6.99 to $10.57. Such options have a weighted average remaining
contractual life of approximately three years.
The
Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS 123(R)), on
January 1, 2006 using the “modified prospective” method. Under this method,
awards that are granted, modified, or settled after December 31, 2005, are
measured and accounted for in accordance with SFAS 123(R). Also under this
method, expense is recognized for unvested awards that were granted prior to
January 1, 2006, based upon the fair value determined at the grant date
under SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (SFAS
123). The Company recognized compensation expense for employee stock
options and restricted stock awards of $12,000 and $10,000 for the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. As of December 31, 2008 and
2007, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested employee
stock options.
No
options were granted during the years ended December 31, 2008 and
2007. The total intrinsic value (amount by which the fair market
value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of an option on
exercise date) of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2008 and
2007 was $26,000 and $285,000, respectively. There were no options
vested during the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2,420 options vested during
the year ended December 31, 2007. Cash received from option exercises
for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $44,000 and $239,000,
respectively. There were no tax deductions from options exercised for
the year ended December 31, 2008. The tax benefit for the tax
deductions from option exercises totaled $92,000 for the year ended December 31,
2007.
The
Company granted 3,000 shares of restricted stock in 2007 at a grant date fair
value of $17.40 per share. The Company granted 1,750 shares of restricted stock
at a grant date fair value of $12.80 per share during third quarter 2008 and
2,000 shares of restricted stock at a fair value of $11.37 per share during
fourth quarter 2008. The Company recognizes compensation expense on the
restricted stock over the period of time the restrictions are in place (three
years from the grant date for the grants to date). The amount of
expense recorded each period reflects the changes in the Company’s stock price
during the period. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, there was
$47,000 and $48,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to
restricted stock grants, respectively, which is expected to be recognized over a
period of three years.
Net Earnings Per
Share
Net
earnings per common share is based on the weighted average number of common
shares outstanding during the period while the effects of potential common
shares outstanding during the period are included in diluted earnings per common
share. The average market price during the year is used to compute equivalent
shares.
The
reconciliations of the amounts used in the computation of both “basic earnings
per common share” and “diluted earnings per common share” for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:
For
the year ended December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
Net
Earnings
|
|
|
Common
Shares
|
|
|
Per
Share
Amount
|
Basic
earnings per common share
|
$
|
|
6,390,563
|
|
|
5,588,314
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
Effect
of dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
options
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
58,980
|
|
|
|
Diluted
earnings per common share
|
$
|
|
6,390,563
|
|
|
5,647,294
|
|
$
|
1.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For
the year ended December 31, 2007:
|
|
|
Net
Earnings
|
|
|
Common
Shares
|
|
|
Per
Share
Amount
|
Basic
earnings per common share
|
$
|
|
9,591,971
|
|
|
5,700,860
|
|
$
|
1.68
|
Effect
of dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
options
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
109,455
|
|
|
|
Diluted
earnings per common share
|
$
|
|
9,591,971
|
|
|
5,810,315
|
|
$
|
1.65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For
the year ended December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
Net
Earnings
|
|
|
Common
Shares
|
|
|
Per
Share
Amount
|
Basic
earnings per common share
|
$
|
|
9,170,817
|
|
|
5,701,829
|
|
$
|
1.61
|
Effect
of dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
options
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
100,495
|
|
|
|
Diluted
earnings per common share
|
$
|
|
9,170,817
|
|
|
5,802,324
|
|
$
|
1.58
|
Recent Accounting
Pronouncements
In
February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No.
159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities”,
which permits entities to choose to measure financial instruments and certain
other instruments at fair value. SFAS No.159 was effective for the
Company as of January 1, 2008. The Company did not choose this option
for any asset or liability, and therefore SFAS No. 159 did not have any effect
on the Company's financial position, results of operations or
disclosures.
In
February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (‘FSP”) FAS No. 140-3,
“Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing
Transactions.” This FSP provides guidance on accounting for a
transfer of a financial asset and a repurchase financing under SFAS No. 140,
“Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments
of Liabilities.” This FSP is not expected to have a material
effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or
disclosures.
In
February 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 157-1, “Application of FASB Statement
No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That
Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or
Measurement under Statement 13.” This FSP amends SFAS No. 157, “Fair
Value Measurements,” to exclude SFAS No. 13, “Accounting for Leases” and other
accounting pronouncements that address fair value measurements for purposes of
lease classification or measurement under SFAS No. 13. This FSP is
not expected to have any effect on the Company's financial position, results of
operations or disclosures.
In
February 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB
Statement No. 157.” This FSP delays the effective date of SFAS No.
157, “Fair Value Measurements,” for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial
liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in
the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least
annually). This FSP is not expected to have any effect on the
Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures.
In
October 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 157-3, “Determining the Fair Value of
a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active.” This
FSP clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” in a
market that is not active. This FSP is not expected to have any
effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or
disclosures.
In March
2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities.” SFAS No. 161 is an amendment to
SFAS No. 133, which provides for enhanced disclosures about how and why an
entity uses derivatives and how and where those derivatives and related hedged
items are reported in the entity’s financial statements. SFAS No. 161
is effective for the Company as of January 1, 2009. As this is a
disclosure related standard, this standard is not expected to have any effect on
the Company's financial position or results of operations. SFAS No.
161 will result in additional disclosures related to the Company’s
derivatives.
In
September 2008, the FASB FSP FAS No. 133-1 and FIN 45-4, “Disclosures about
Credit Derivatives and Certain Guarantees: An Amendment of FASB Statement No.
133 and FASB Interpretation No. 45 and Clarification of the Effective Date of
FASB Statement No. 161.” This FSP is an amendment to SFAS No. 133,
which provides for enhanced disclosure requirements for credit risk
derivatives. This FSP is not expected to have any effect on the
Company's financial position, results of operations or disclosures.
In
December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS No. 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures
about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets.” This FSP amends SFAS No.
132, “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits,”
to provide guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined
benefit pension or other postretirement plan. This FSP is not
expected to have any effect on the Company's financial position, results of
operations or disclosures.
(2)
|
Investment Securities
|
Investment
securities available for sale at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as
follows:
|
|
December
31, 2008
|
|
|
Amortized
Cost
|
|
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
|
|
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
|
|
Estimated
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
$
|
36,556,684
|
|
|
|
854,237
|
|
|
|
139,840
|
|
|
|
37,271,081
|
U.S.
government sponsored enterprises
|
|
|
55,222,788
|
|
|
|
3,266,198
|
|
|
|
2,324
|
|
|
|
58,486,662
|
State
and political subdivisions
|
|
|
26,648,553
|
|
|
|
459,546
|
|
|
|
134,525
|
|
|
|
26,973,574
|
Trust
preferred securities
|
|
|
1,250,000
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,250,000
|
Equity
securities
|
|
|
1,382,184
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
447,152
|
|
|
|
935,032
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
121,060,209
|
|
|
|
4,579,981
|
|
|
|
723,841
|
|
|
|
124,916,349
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December
31, 2007
|
|
|
Amortized
Cost
|
|
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
|
|
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
|
|
Estimated
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
$
|
16,469,053
|
|
|
|
6,423
|
|
|
|
204,509
|
|
|
|
16,270,967
|
U.S.
government sponsored enterprises
|
|
|
75,155,693
|
|
|
|
1,839,143
|
|
|
|
3,035
|
|
|
|
76,991,801
|
State
and political subdivisions
|
|
|
25,856,311
|
|
|
|
250,483
|
|
|
|
201,406
|
|
|
|
25,905,388
|
Trust
preferred securities
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
250,000
|
Equity
securities
|
|
|
1,692,799
|
|
|
|
246,000
|
|
|
|
388,597
|
|
|
|
1,550,202
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
119,423,856
|
|
|
|
2,342,049
|
|
|
|
797,547
|
|
|
|
120,968,358
|
The
current fair value and associated unrealized losses on investments in debt
securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized
in the tables below, with the length of time the individual securities have been
in a continuous loss position.
|
December
31, 2008
|
|
Less
than 12 Months
|
|
12
Months or More
|
|
Total
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Unrealized
Losses
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Unrealized
Losses
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Unrealized
Losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
$
|
10,017,250
|
|
|
139,840
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
10,017,250
|
|
|
139,840
|
U.S.
government sponsored enterprises
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
614,289
|
|
|
2,324
|
|
|
614,289
|
|
|
2,324
|
State
and political subdivisions
|
|
2,748,094
|
|
|
75,172
|
|
|
2,373,145
|
|
|
59,353
|
|
|
5,121,239
|
|
|
134,525
|
Equity
securities
|
|
528,000
|
|
|
72,000
|
|
|
407,032
|
|
|
375,152
|
|
|
935,032
|
|
|
447,152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
$
|
13,293,344
|
|
|
287,012
|
|
|
3,394,466
|
|
|
436,829
|
|
|
16,687,810
|
|
|
723,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December
31, 2007
|
|
Less
than 12 Months
|
|
12
Months or More
|
|
Total
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Unrealized
Losses
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Unrealized
Losses
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Unrealized
Losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
$
|
24,591
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
14,320,043
|
|
|
204,405
|
|
|
14,344,634
|
|
|
204,509
|
U.S.
government sponsored enterprises
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
689,775
|
|
|
3,035
|
|
|
689,775
|
|
|
3,035
|
State
and political subdivisions
|
|
2,059,746
|
|
|
33,781
|
|
|
11,188,720
|
|
|
167,625
|
|
|
13,248,466
|
|
|
201,406
|
Equity
securities
|
|
425,620
|
|
|
88,134
|
|
|
278,581
|
|
|
300,463
|
|
|
704,201
|
|
|
388,597
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
$
|
2,509,957
|
|
|
122,019
|
|
|
26,477,119
|
|
|
675,528
|
|
|
28,987,076
|
|
|
797,547
|
At
December 31, 2008, unrealized losses in the investment securities portfolio
related to debt securities totaled $277,000. The unrealized losses on
these debt securities arose due to changing interest rates and are considered to
be temporary. From the December 31, 2008 tables above, 13 out of 74
securities issued by state and political subdivisions contained unrealized
losses and 7 out of 59 securities issued by U.S. government sponsored
enterprises, including mortgage-backed securities, contained unrealized
losses. These unrealized losses are considered temporary because of
acceptable investment grades on each security and the repayment sources of
principal and interest are government backed.
The
Company periodically evaluates its investments for any impairment which would be
deemed other than temporary. As part of its evaluation in 2008, the
Company determined that the fair value of one investment was less than the
original cost of the investment and that the decline in fair value was not
temporary in nature. As a result, the Company wrote down its original
investment by $300,000. The remaining fair value of the investment at
December 31, 2008 was $22,000. Similarly, as part of its evaluation
in 2007, the Company wrote down two investments by $430,000. The
remaining fair value of the investments at December 31, 2007 was
$348,000.
The
amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities available for
sale at December 31, 2008, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected
maturities of mortgage-backed securities will differ from contractual maturities
because borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without
call or prepayment penalties.
|
|
Amortized
Cost
|
|
|
Estimated
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Due
within one year
|
|
$
|
5,904,880
|
|
|
|
6,015,036
|
Due
from one to five years
|
|
|
44,167,067
|
|
|
|
46,804,084
|
Due
from five to ten years
|
|
|
20,019,656
|
|
|
|
20,602,860
|
Due
after ten years
|
|
|
13,029,738
|
|
|
|
13,288,256
|
Mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
|
36,556,684
|
|
|
|
37,271,081
|
Equity
securities
|
|
|
1,382,184
|
|
|
|
935,032
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
121,060,209
|
|
|
|
124,916,349
|
Proceeds
from sales of securities available for sale during 2008 were $23.4 million and
resulted in a gross gain of $160,000. During 2007 and 2006, the
proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were $8.4 million and
$19.9
million, respectively. Gross losses of $132,000 and $592,000 for 2007
and 2006, respectively, were realized on those sales.
Securities
with a fair value of approximately $65.2 million and $50.4 million at December
31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and for
other purposes as required by law.
In
September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”.
SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring
fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No.
157 applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair
value measurements. SFAS No. 157 was effective for the Company as of
January 1, 2008. This standard had no effect on the Company's
financial position or results of operations.
SFAS No.
157 establishes a three-level fair value hierarchy for fair value
measurements. Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for
identical assets or liabilities that a company has the ability to access at the
measurement date. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included
within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly
or indirectly. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or
liability. The Company’s fair value measurements for items measured
at fair value at December 31, 2008 included:
|
Fair
Value
Measurements
December
31, 2008
|
|
Level
1 Valuation
|
|
Level
2 Valuation
|
|
Level
3
Valuation
|
Investment
securities available for sale
|
$
|
124,916,349
|
|
935,032
|
|
122,731,317
|
|
1,250,000
|
Market
value of derivatives (in other assets)
|
$
|
4,980,701
|
|
-
|
|
4,980,701
|
|
-
|
Fair
values of investment securities available for sale are determined by obtaining
quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges when
available. If quoted prices are not available, fair value is
determined using matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely
in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted
prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’
relationship to other benchmark quoted securities. Fair values of
derivative instruments are determined using widely accepted valuation techniques
including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each
derivative. This analysis reflects the contractual terms of the derivatives,
including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs,
including interest rate curves and implied volatilities.
The
following is an analysis of fair value measurements of investment securities
available for sale using Level 3, significant unobservable inputs, for the year
ended December 31, 2008:
|
Investment
Securities Available for Sale
|
|
Level
3 Valuation
|
Balance,
beginning of period
|
$
|
250,000
|
Change
in book value
|
|
-
|
Change
in gain/(loss) realized and unrealized
|
|
-
|
Purchases/(sales)
|
|
1,000,000
|
Transfers
in and/or out of Level 3
|
|
-
|
Balance,
end of period
|
$
|
1,250,000
|
|
|
|
Change
in unrealized gain/(loss) for assets still held in Level 3
|
$
|
0
|
Major
classifications of loans at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized as
follows:
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial
|
$
|
76,945,143
|
|
82,190,391
|
Real
estate - mortgage
|
|
474,732,433
|
|
417,708,750
|
Real
estate - construction
|
|
216,187,811
|
|
209,643,836
|
Consumer
|
|
13,322,695
|
|
12,733,971
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
loans
|
|
781,188,082
|
|
722,276,948
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less
allowance for loan losses
|
|
11,025,516
|
|
9,103,058
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
net loans
|
$
|
770,162,566
|
|
713,173,890
|
The
Company grants loans and extensions of credit primarily within the Catawba
Valley region of North Carolina, which encompasses Catawba, Alexander, Iredell
and Lincoln counties and also in Mecklenburg, Union and Wake
counties. Although the Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, a
substantial portion of the loan portfolio is collateralized by improved and
unimproved real estate, the value of which is dependent upon the real estate
market.
In
accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 114, the Company has specific loan
loss reserves for loans that management has determined to be
impaired. These specific reserves are determined on an individual
loan basis based on management’s current evaluation of the Company’s loss
exposure for each credit, given the appraised value of any underlying
collateral. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the recorded investment in
loans that were considered to be impaired was approximately $7.5 million and
$8.0 million, respectively. In addition, the Company had
approximately $514,000 and $0 in loans past due more than ninety days and still
accruing interest at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company
had specific reserves on impaired loans of $462,000 and $1.2 million at December
31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The average recorded investment in
impaired loans for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was
approximately $8.8 million and $7.3 million, respectively. For the years
ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recognized approximately
$57,000, $29,000 and $144,000, respectively, of interest income on impaired
loans.
The
Company’s December 31, 2008 fair value measurement for impaired loans is
presented below:
|
Fair
Value Measurements December 31, 2008
|
|
Level
1
Valuation
|
|
Level
2
Valuation
|
|
Level
3
Valuation
|
|
Total
Gains/(Losses) for
the
Year Ended
December
31, 2008
|
Impaired
loans
|
$
|
7,073,045
|
|
-
|
|
5,902,848
|
|
1,170,197
|
|
(345,000)
|
Other
real estate
|
$
|
1,866,971
|
|
-
|
|
1,866,971
|
|
-
|
|
(165,630)
|
Changes
in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
at beginning of year
|
$
|
9,103,058
|
|
|
8,303,432
|
|
|
7,424,782
|
|
Amounts
charged off
|
|
(3,146,939
|
)
|
|
(1,626,458
|
)
|
|
(1,958,551
|
)
|
Recoveries
on amounts previously charged off
|
|
275,397
|
|
|
388,084
|
|
|
323,919
|
|
Provision
for loan losses
|
|
4,794,000
|
|
|
2,038,000
|
|
|
2,513,282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
at end of year
|
$
|
11,025,516
|
|
|
9,103,058
|
|
|
8,303,432
|
|
(4)
|
Premises and Equipment
|
Major
classifications of premises and equipment are summarized as
follows:
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
Land
|
$
|
3,572,799
|
|
3,572,241
|
Buildings
and improvements
|
|
14,709,218
|
|
14,700,078
|
Furniture
and equipment
|
|
17,156,190
|
|
15,496,630
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
premises and equipment
|
|
35,438,207
|
|
33,768,949
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less
accumulated depreciation
|
|
17,141,312
|
|
15,534,556
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
net premises and equipment
|
$
|
18,296,895
|
|
18,234,393
|
Depreciation
expense was approximately $1.8 million for the year ended December 31,
2008. The Company recognized approximately $1.7 and $1.5 million in
depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2007 and
2006.
At
December 31, 2008, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as
follows:
2009
|
$
|
368,499,249
|
2010
|
|
23,010,748
|
2011
|
|
12,797,281
|
2012
|
|
1,156,885
|
2013
and thereafter
|
|
1,092,480
|
|
|
|
Total
|
$
|
406,556,643
|
At
December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company has approximately $61.0 million and
$53.9 million, respectively, in time deposits purchased through third party
brokers. The weighted average rate of brokered deposits as of
December 31, 2008 and 2007 was 3.25% and 5.06%, respectively.
(6)
|
Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank
Borrowings
|
The Bank
has borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) with monthly
or quarterly interest payments at December 31, 2008. The FHLB borrowings are
collateralized by a blanket assignment on all residential first mortgage loans,
commercial real estate loans, home equity lines of credit and loans secured by
multi-family real estate that the Bank owns. At December 31, 2008,
the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $244.9
million.
Borrowings
from the FHLB outstanding at December 31, 2008 consist of the
following:
Maturity Date
|
Call Date
|
|
Rate
|
|
Rate Type
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March
30, 2010
|
September
30, 2000 and every
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
three
months thereafter
|
|
5.880%
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
May
24, 2010
|
May
24, 2001 and every three
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
months
thereafter
|
|
6.490%
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
2,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June
24, 2015
|
June
24, 2010
|
|
3.710%
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March
25, 2019
|
March
25, 2009
|
|
4.360%
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March
31, 2016
|
March
31, 2009 and every three
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
months
thereafter
|
|
4.620%
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October
5, 2016
|
October
5, 2009
|
|
4.450%
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December
12, 2011
|
December
12, 2007 and every
|
|
4.210%
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
three
months thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January
30, 2017
|
October
30, 2008 and every
|
|
4.500%
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
three
months thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June
8, 2017
|
December
8, 2008 and every
|
|
4.713%
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
15,000,000
|
|
three
months thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June
9, 2014
|
February
11, 2008 and every
|
|
4.685%
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
15,000,000
|
|
month
thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July
11, 2017
|
January
11, 2008 and every
|
|
4.440%
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
three
months thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July
24, 2017
|
April
24, 2008 and every
|
|
4.420%
|
|
Convertible
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
month
thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
77,000,000
|
The FHLB
has the option to convert $72.0 million of the total borrowings to a floating
rate and, if converted, the Bank may repay borrowings without payment of a
prepayment fee. The Company also has an additional $5.0 million in
variable rate convertible borrowings, which may be repaid without a prepayment
fee if converted by the FHLB.
The Bank
is required to purchase and hold certain amounts of FHLB stock in order to
obtain FHLB borrowings. No ready market exists for the FHLB stock, and it has no
quoted market value. The stock is redeemable at $100 per share subject to
certain limitations set by the FHLB. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Bank
owned FHLB stock amounting to $5.1 million and $5.4 million,
respectively.
The Bank
had $5.0 million in borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) at December
31, 2008. This borrowing was a 28-day Term Auction Facility loan at an interest
rate of 0.28% which matured in January 2009. The FRB borrowings are
collateralized by a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that the Bank
owns which are not pledged to the FHLB. At December 31, 2008, the
carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $280.8
million.
(7)
|
Junior Subordinated Debentures
|
In June
2006, the Company formed a second wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK
Capital Trust II (“PEBK Trust II”), which issued $20.0 million of guaranteed
preferred beneficial interests in the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable
interest debentures. All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II
are owned by the Company. The proceeds from the issuance of the
common securities and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK Trust II
to purchase $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of the Company,
which pay a floating rate equal to three month LIBOR plus 163 basis
points. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the
junior subordinated debentures were used to repay in December 2006 the trust
preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust in December 2001 and for general
purposes. The debentures represent the sole asset of PEBK Trust
II. PEBK Trust II is not included in the consolidated financial
statements.
The trust
preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay quarterly at a
floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points. The Company
has guaranteed distributions and other payments due on the trust
preferred
securities to the extent PEBK Trust II has funds with which to make the
distributions and other payments. The net combined effect of all the
documents entered into in connection with the trust preferred securities is that
the Company is liable to make the distributions and other payments required on
the trust preferred securities.
These
trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the
debentures on June 28, 2036, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the
indenture. The Company has the right to redeem the debentures
purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, on or after June 28,
2011. As specified in the indenture, if the debentures are redeemed
prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the principal amount and any
accrued but unpaid interest.
The
provision for income taxes in summarized as follows:
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
Current
|
$
|
3,698,453
|
|
|
5,819,347
|
|
|
5,785,926
|
|
Deferred
|
|
(485,137
|
)
|
|
(479,806
|
)
|
|
(615,626
|
)
|
Total
|
$
|
3,213,316
|
|
|
5,339,541
|
|
|
5,170,300
|
|
The
differences between the provision for income taxes and the amount computed by
applying the statutory federal income tax rate to earnings before income taxes
are as follows:
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
Pre-tax
income at statutory rates (34%)
|
$
|
3,265,319
|
|
|
5,076,714
|
|
|
4,875,980
|
|
Differences:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax
exempt interest income
|
|
(313,083
|
)
|
|
(307,169
|
)
|
|
(280,826
|
)
|
Nondeductible
interest and other expense
|
|
59,310
|
|
|
55,871
|
|
|
45,872
|
|
Cash
surrender value of life insurance
|
|
(82,654
|
)
|
|
(82,951
|
)
|
|
(75,021
|
)
|
State
taxes, net of federal benefits
|
|
257,213
|
|
|
559,905
|
|
|
576,444
|
|
Other,
net
|
|
27,211
|
|
|
37,170
|
|
|
27,851
|
|
Total
|
$
|
3,213,316
|
|
|
5,339,541
|
|
|
5,170,300
|
|
The
following summarized the tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to
significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax
liabilities. The net deferred tax asset is included as a component of
other assets at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Deferred
tax assets:
|
|
|
|
Allowance
for loan losses
|
$
|
4,280,854
|
|
3,531,076
|
Amortizable
intangible assets
|
|
43,703
|
|
76,398
|
Accrued
retirement expense
|
|
1,184,373
|
|
819,246
|
Income
from non-accrual loans
|
|
36,973
|
|
50,219
|
Unrealized
loss on cash flow hedges
|
|
-
|
|
20,525
|
Premises
and equipment
|
|
-
|
|
9,757
|
Total
gross deferred tax assets
|
|
5,545,903
|
|
4,507,221
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
loan fees
|
|
1,654,311
|
|
1,346,322
|
Premises
and equipment
|
|
194,463
|
|
-
|
Unrealized
gain on available for sale securities
|
|
1,501,966
|
|
601,583
|
Unrealized
gain on cash flow hedges
|
|
1,318,536
|
|
-
|
Other
|
|
84,100
|
|
12,482
|
Total
gross deferred tax liabilities
|
|
4,753,376
|
|
1,960,387
|
Net
deferred tax asset
|
$
|
792,527
|
|
2,546,834
|
(9) Related
Party Transactions
The
Company conducts transactions with its directors and executive officers,
including companies in which they have beneficial interests, in the normal
course of business. It is the policy of the Company that loan transactions with
directors and officers are made on substantially the same terms as those
prevailing at the time made for comparable loans to other persons. The following
is a summary of activity for related party loans for 2008:
Beginning
balance
|
$
|
5,615,899
|
New
loans
|
|
3,734,377
|
Repayments
|
|
3,692,009
|
|
|
|
Ending
balance
|
$
|
5,658,267
|
At
December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had deposit relationships with related
parties of approximately $20.0 million and $15.7 million,
respectively.
(10)
|
Commitments and Contingencies
|
The
Company leases various office spaces for banking and operational facilities and
equipment under operating lease arrangements. Future minimum lease payments
required for all operating leases having a remaining term in excess of one year
at December 31, 2008 are as follows:
Year ending December 31,
|
|
2009
|
$
|
769,569
|
2010
|
|
626,965
|
2011
|
|
563,901
|
2012
|
|
444,834
|
2013
|
|
255,909
|
Thereafter
|
|
1,893,313
|
|
|
|
Total
minimum obligation
|
$
|
4,554,491
|
Total
rent expense was approximately $1.0 million, $1.1 million and $959,000 for 2008,
2007 and 2006, respectively.
The
Company is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the
normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its
customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend
credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees. Those
instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of
the amount recognized in the balance sheet. The contract amounts of
those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in
particular classes of financial instruments.
The
exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the
financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of
credit and financial guarantees written is represented by the contractual amount
of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making
commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet
instruments.
In most
cases, the Company requires collateral or other security to support financial
instruments with credit risk.
|
Contractual
Amount
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Financial
instruments whose contract amount represent credit risk:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments
to extend credit
|
$
|
158,939,113
|
|
190,653,583
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standby
letters of credit and financial guarantees written
|
$
|
4,316,012
|
|
3,894,259
|
Commitments
to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no
violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments
generally have fixed expiration dates and because they may expire without being
drawn upon, the total commitment amount of $163.3 million does not necessarily
represent future cash requirements.
Standby
letters of credit and financial guarantees written are conditional commitments
issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third
party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to businesses in the Company’s
delineated market area. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is
essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.
The Company holds real estate, equipment, automobiles and customer deposits as
collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed
necessary.
The
Company has an overall interest rate-risk management strategy that incorporates
the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations
in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. By using
derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to credit and market
risk. If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk is equal to
the extent of the fair-value gain in the derivative. The Company
attempts to minimize the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into
transactions with counterparties that are reviewed periodically by the Company
and are believed to be of high quality.
In the
normal course of business, the Company is a party (both as plaintiff and
defendant) to a number of lawsuits. In the opinion of management and counsel,
none of these cases should have a material adverse effect on the financial
position of the Bank or the Company.
The
Company has employment agreements with certain key employees. The agreements,
among other things, include salary, bonus, incentive stock option, and change in
control provisions.
The
Company has $38.0 million available for the purchase of overnight federal funds
from four correspondent financial institutions.
(11)
|
Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging
Transactions
|
The
Company has an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates
the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations
in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. By using
derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to credit and market
risk. If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk is equal to
the extent of the fair-value gain in the derivative. The Company
minimizes the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into
transactions with high-quality counterparties that are reviewed periodically by
the Company.
As of
December 31, 2008, the Company had cash flow hedges with a notional amount of
$165.0 million. These derivative instruments consist of three
interest rate floor contracts and one interest rate swap
contract. The interest rate floor contracts are used to hedge future
cash flows from payments on the first $115.0 million of certain variable rate
loans against the downward effects of their repricing in the event of a
decreasing rate environment during the terms of the interest rate floor
contracts. If the prime rate falls below the contract rate during the
term of the contract, the Company will receive payments based on notional amount
times the difference between the contract rate and the weighted average prime
rate for the quarter. No payments will be received by the Company if
the weighted average prime rate is equal to or higher than the contract
rate. The interest rate floor contracts in effect at December 31,
2008 will expire in 2009. The interest rate swap contract is used to
convert $50.0 million of variable rate loans to a fixed rate. Under
the swap contract, the Company receives a fixed rate of 6.245% and pays a
variable rate based on the current prime rate (3.25% at December 31, 2008) on
the notional amount of $50.0 million. The swap agreement matures in
June 2011. The Company recognized $3.4 million in interest income,
net of premium amortization, from interest rate derivative contracts during the
year ended December 31, 2008. Based on the current interest rate
environment, it is expected the Company will continue to receive income on these
interest rate contracts throughout 2009.
The
following tables present additional information on the Company’s derivative
financial instruments as of December 31, 2008.
Type
of Derivative
|
|
Notional
Amount
|
|
Contract
Rate
|
|
|
Premium
|
|
Year-to-date
Income (Net of Premium Amortization)
|
Interest
rate floor contact*
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
$
|
151,180
|
Interest
rate floor contact*
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
455,766
|
Interest
rate floor contact expiring 01/24/09
|
|
|
45,000,000
|
|
|
7.500%
|
|
|
|
562,000
|
|
|
870,517
|
Interest
rate floor contact expiring 06/02/09
|
|
|
35,000,000
|
|
|
8.000%
|
|
|
|
399,000
|
|
|
914,017
|
Interest
rate floor contact expiring 12/01/09
|
|
|
35,000,000
|
|
|
7.250%
|
|
|
|
634,000
|
|
|
523,191
|
Interest
rate swap contact expiring 06/01/11
|
|
|
50,000,000
|
|
|
6.245%
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
488,451
|
|
|
$
|
165,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,595,000
|
|
$
|
3,403,122
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Interest rate floor contracts expired during 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
values of derivatives designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133 are as
follows:
|
Asset
Derivatives
|
|
Liability
Derivatives
|
|
As
of December 31, 2008
|
|
As
of December 31, 2007
|
|
As
of December
31,
2008
|
|
As
of December
31,
2007
|
|
Balance
Sheet
Location
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Balance
Sheet
Location
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Balance
Sheet
Location
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Balance
Sheet
Location
|
Fair
Value
|
Interest
rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
derivative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
contracts
|
Other assets
|
$ 4,981,000
|
|
Other assets
|
$ 1,907,000
|
|
N/A
|
$ -
|
|
N/A
|
$ -
|
(12)
|
Employee and Director Benefit
Programs
|
The
Company has a profit sharing and 401(k) plan for the benefit of substantially
all employees subject to certain minimum age and service requirements. Under
this plan, the Company matches employee contributions to a maximum of five
percent of annual compensation. The Company’s contribution pursuant to this
formula was approximately $483,000, $424,000 and $405,000 for the years of 2008,
2007 and 2006, respectively. Investments of the plan are determined by the
compensation committee consisting of selected outside directors and senior
executive officers. No investments in Company stock have been made by the plan.
The vesting schedule for the plan begins at 20 percent after two years of
employment and graduates 20 percent each year until reaching 100 percent after
six years of employment.
In
September 2006, the FASB released SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for
Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans” which requires employers
to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of defined benefit
postretirement plans. The effective date for public companies was for
years ending after December 15, 2006. Management has compared the
accrued postretirement benefit expense and the charge to other comprehensive
income, as calculated in accordance with prior accounting standards to the
requirement under SFAS 158 and determined that the difference is
immaterial.
In
December 2001, the Company initiated a postretirement benefit plan to provide
retirement benefits to key officers and its Board of Directors and to provide
death benefits for their designated beneficiaries. Under the plan,
the Company purchased life insurance contracts on the lives of the key officers
and each director. The increase in cash surrender value of the
contracts constitutes the Company’s contribution to the plan each
year. Plan participants are to be paid annual benefits for a
specified number of years commencing upon retirement. Expenses incurred for
benefits relating to this plan, which include EITF 06-4 expense, were
approximately $365,000, $258,000 and $240,000 during 2008, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
The
Company is currently paying medical benefits for certain retired employees.
Postretirement benefits expense, including amortization of the transition
obligation, as applicable, was approximately $23,000 for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
The
following table sets forth the change in the accumulated benefit obligation for
the Company’s two postretirement benefit plans described above:
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit
obligation at beginning of period
|
|
$
|
1,528,488
|
|
Service
cost
|
|
|
180,162
|
|
Interest
cost
|
|
|
99,569
|
|
Benefits
paid
|
|
|
(28,931
|
)
|
Benefit
obligation at end of period
|
|
$
|
1,779,288
|
|
The
amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December
31, 2008 are shown in the following two tables:
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit
obligation
|
|
$
|
1,779,288
|
|
Fair
value of plan assets
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded
status
|
|
$
|
(1,779,288
|
)
|
Unrecognized
prior service cost/benefit
|
|
|
-
|
|
Unrecognized
net actuarial loss
|
|
|
-
|
|
Net
amount recognized
|
|
$
|
(1,779,288
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unfunded
accrued liability
|
|
$
|
(1,779,288
|
)
|
Intangible
assets
|
|
|
-
|
|
Net
amount recognized
|
|
$
|
(1,779,288
|
)
|
Net periodic benefit cost of the Company's two post retirement
benefit plans for the year ended December 31, 2008 consisted of the
following:
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service
cost
|
|
$
|
180,162
|
|
Interest
cost
|
|
|
99,569
|
|
Net
periodic cost
|
|
$
|
279,731
|
|
Weighted
average discount rate assumption used to
|
|
|
determine
benefit obligation
|
|
6.68%
|
During
the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company paid benefits totaling
$46,000. Information about the expected benefit payments for the
Company’s two postretirement benefit plans is as follows:
Year
ending December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
58,713
|
2010
|
|
$
|
62,690
|
2011
|
|
$
|
86,858
|
2012
|
|
$
|
199,328
|
2013
|
|
$
|
204,735
|
Thereafter
|
|
$
|
9,459,971
|
Members
of the Board of Directors are eligible to participate in the Company’s Omnibus
Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Stock Benefits
Plan”). Each director has been awarded 9,737 book value shares
(adjusted for stock dividends and stock splits) under the Stock Benefits
Plan. The book value of the shares awarded range from $6.31 to
$8.64. All book value shares will be fully vested on May 6,
2009. The Company recorded expenses of approximately $136,000,
$159,000 and $128,000 associated with the benefits of this plan in the years
ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
A summary
of book value shares activity under the Stock Benefits Plan for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is presented below.
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Shares
|
|
Weighted
Average
Price
of
Book
Value Shares
|
|
Shares
|
|
Weighted
Average
Price
of
Book
Value
Shares
|
|
Shares
|
|
Weighted
Average
Price
of
Book
Value
Shares
|
Outstanding,
beginning of period
|
97,377
|
|
$
|
7.38
|
|
97,377
|
|
$
|
7.38
|
|
97,377
|
|
$
|
7.38
|
Exercised
during the period
|
-
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
-
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding,
end of period
|
97,377
|
|
$
|
7.38
|
|
97,377
|
|
$
|
7.38
|
|
97,377
|
|
$
|
7.38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
of shares exercisable
|
89,580
|
|
$
|
7.27
|
|
81,791
|
|
$
|
7.89
|
|
73,998
|
|
$
|
6.98
|
In
September 2006, the FASB ratified the conclusions reached by the Emerging Issues
Task Force (“EITF”) on EITF 06-4, “Accounting for Deferred Compensation and
Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance
Arrangements.” This issue requires companies to recognize an
obligation for either the present value of the entire promised death benefit or
the annual “cost of insurance” required to keep the policy in force during the
post-retirement years. EITF 06-4 was effective for the Company as of
January 1, 2008. The Company made a $467,000 reduction to retained
earnings for the cumulative effect of EITF 06-4 as of January 1, 2008 pursuant
to the guidance of this pronouncement to record the portion of this benefit
earned by participants prior to adoption of this pronouncement.
The
Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by
the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can
initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by
regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the
Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the
regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet
specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the assets,
liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory
accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to
qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and
other factors.
Quantitative
measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the
Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of capital in relation to both
on- and off-balance sheet items at various risk weights. Total capital consists
of two tiers of capital. Tier 1 Capital includes common shareholders’ equity and
trust preferred securities less adjustments for intangible assets. Tier 2
Capital consists of the allowance for loan losses up to 1.25% of risk-weighted
assets and other adjustments. Management believes, as of December 31, 2008, that
the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they
are subject.
As of
December 31, 2008, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the
Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective
action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum
total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in
the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that
management believes have changed the Bank’s category.
The
Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented
below:
|
|
Actual
|
|
For
Capital
Adequacy
Purposes
|
|
To
Be Well
Capitalized
Under
Prompt
Corrective
Action
Provisions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Ratio
|
|
Amount
|
|
Ratio
|
|
Amount
|
|
Ratio
|
|
|
(dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As
of December 31, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
125,871
|
|
14.90%
|
|
67,589
|
|
8.00%
|
|
N/A
|
|
N/A
|
Bank
|
|
$
|
93,530
|
|
11.10%
|
|
67,411
|
|
8.00%
|
|
84,264
|
|
10.00%
|
Tier
1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
115,332
|
|
13.65%
|
|
33,794
|
|
4.00%
|
|
N/A
|
|
N/A
|
Bank
|
|
$
|
82,991
|
|
9.85%
|
|
33,705
|
|
4.00%
|
|
50,558
|
|
6.00%
|
Tier
1 Capital (to Average Assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
115,332
|
|
12.40%
|
|
37,192
|
|
4.00%
|
|
N/A
|
|
N/A
|
Bank
|
|
$
|
82,991
|
|
8.94%
|
|
37,137
|
|
4.00%
|
|
46,421
|
|
5.00%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As
of December 31, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
97,410
|
|
12.16%
|
|
64,071
|
|
8.00%
|
|
N/A
|
|
N/A
|
Bank
|
|
$
|
87,393
|
|
10.93%
|
|
63,940
|
|
8.00%
|
|
79,926
|
|
10.00%
|
Tier
1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
88,307
|
|
11.03%
|
|
32,035
|
|
4.00%
|
|
N/A
|
|
N/A
|
Bank
|
|
$
|
78,290
|
|
9.80%
|
|
31,970
|
|
4.00%
|
|
47,955
|
|
6.00%
|
Tier
1 Capital (to Average Assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
88,307
|
|
10.43%
|
|
33,873
|
|
4.00%
|
|
N/A
|
|
N/A
|
Bank
|
|
$
|
78,290
|
|
9.26%
|
|
33,827
|
|
4.00%
|
|
42,284
|
|
5.00%
|
(14)
|
Shareholders’ Equity
|
On April
19, 2007, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized a 3-for-2 stock split
that was paid in conjunction with the Company’s regular cash dividend for the
second quarter of 2007. As a result of the stock split, each
shareholder received three new shares of stock for every two shares of stock
they held as of the record date. Shareholders received a cash payment
in lieu of any fractional shares resulting from the stock split. The
cash dividend was paid based on the number of shares held by shareholders as
adjusted by the stock split. All previously reported per share
amounts have been restated to reflect this stock split.
In
November 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up
to $2.0 million in common shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock
through its existing Stock Repurchase Plan effective through the end of November
2007. No shares of common stock were repurchased under this plan
during 2006. During 2007 the Company repurchased 100,000 shares, or
$1,938,000, of its common stock under this plan.
In August
2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 75,000
common shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock through its existing
Stock Repurchase Plan effective through the end of August 2008. The
Company repurchased 50,497 shares, or $873,000, of its common stock under this
plan during 2007. The Company repurchased 25,000 shares, or $350,000,
of its common stock under this plan during 2008. The Board of Directors ratified
the purchase of 497 additional shares in March 2008.
In March
2008, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to
100,000 common shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock through its
existing Stock Repurchase Plan effective through the end of March
2009. The Company has repurchased 65,500 shares, or $776,000, of its
common stock under this plan as of December 31, 2008. Because of the
Company's participation inthe U.S. Treasury Department's Capital Purchase
Program ("CPP"), discussed below, the Company can no longer repurchase shares of
its common stock under the Stock Repurchase Plan without United States
Department of the Treasury ("UST") approval.
The Board
of Directors, at its discretion, can issue shares of preferred stock up to a
maximum of 5,000,000 shares. The Board is authorized to determine the number of
shares, voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and relative
rights.
On
December 23, 2008, the Company entered into a Letter Agreement (“Purchase
Agreement”) with the United States Department of the Treasury
(“UST”). Under the Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to issue
and sell 25,054 shares of Series A preferred stock and warrants to purchase
357,234 shares of common stock associated with the Company’s participation in
the U.S. Treasury Department’s Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) under the
Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”). Proceeds from this issuance
of preferred shares were allocated between preferred stock and the warrant based
on their relative fair values at the time of the sale. Of the $25.1
million in proceeds, $24.4 million was allocated to the Series A preferred stock
and $704,000 was allocated to the common stock warrant. The discount
recorded on the preferred stock that resulted from allocating a portion of the
proceeds to the warrant is being accreted directly to retained earnings over a
five-year period applying a level yield. No dividends were declared
or paid on the Series A preferred stock during 2008, and cumulative undeclared
dividends at December 31, 2008 were $28,000. The CPP, created by the
UST, is a voluntary program in which selected, healthy financial institutions
were encouraged to participate. Approved use of the funds includes
providing credit to qualified borrowers, either as companies or individuals,
among other things. Such participation is intended to support the
economic development of the community and thereby restore the health of the
local and national economy.
The
Series A preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and will pay cumulative
dividends at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and 9% per annum
thereafter. The Series A preferred stock may be redeemed at the
stated amount of $1,000 per share plus any accrued and unpaid
dividends. Under the terms of the original Purchase Agreement, the
Company could not redeem the preferred shares until December 23, 2011 unless the
total amount of the issuance, $25.1 million, was replaced with the same amount
of other forms of capital that would qualify as Tier 1
capital. However, with the enactment of the American Recovery and
Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”), the Company can now redeem the preferred
shares at any time, if approved by the Company’s primary
regulator. The Series A preferred stock is non-voting except for
class voting rights on matters that would adversely affect the rights of the
holders of the Series A preferred stock.
The
exercise price of the warrant is $10.52 per common share and it is exercisable
at anytime on or before December 18, 2018.
The
Company is subject to the following restrictions while the Series A preferred
stock is outstanding: 1) UST approval is required for the Company to repurchase
shares of outstanding common stock; 2) the full dividend for the latest
completed CPP dividend period must be declared and paid in full before dividends
may be paid to common shareholders; 3) UST approval is required for any increase
in common dividends per share; and 4) the Company may not take tax deductions
for any senior executive officer whose compensation is above
$500,000. There were additional restrictions on executive
compensation added in the ARRA for companies participating in the
TARP.
The Board
of Directors of the Bank may declare a dividend of all of its retained earnings
as it may deem appropriate, subject to the requirements of the General Statutes
of North Carolina, without prior approval from the requisite regulatory
authorities. As of December 31, 2008, this amount was approximately $37.8
million.
(15)
|
Other Operating Expense
|
Other
operating expense for the years ended December 31 included the following items
that exceeded one percent of total revenues:
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Advertising
|
$
|
1,076,461
|
|
988,116
|
|
772,917
|
(16)
|
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
|
The
Company is required to disclose fair value information about financial
instruments, whether or not recognized on the face of the balance sheet, for
which it is practicable to estimate that value. The assumptions used in the
estimation of the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments are detailed
below. Where quoted prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates
using discounted cash flows and other valuation techniques. The use of
discounted cash flows can be significantly affected by the assumptions used,
including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. The following
disclosures should not be considered a surrogate of the liquidation
value of
the Company, but rather a good faith estimate of the increase or decrease in
value of financial instruments held by the Company since purchase, origination,
or issuance.
Cash and Cash
Equivalents
For cash,
due from banks, interest bearing deposits and federal funds sold, the carrying
amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
Investment Securities
Available for Sale
Fair
values for investment securities are based on quoted market prices.
Other
Investments
For other
investments, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair
value.
Loans
The fair
value of fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows
using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with
similar credit ratings. For variable rate loans, the carrying amount is a
reasonable estimate of fair value.
Cash Surrender Value of Life
Insurance
For cash
surrender value of life insurance, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate
of fair value.
Derivative
Instruments
For
derivative instruments, fair value is estimated as the amount that the Company
would receive or pay to terminate the contracts at the reporting date, taking
into account the current unrealized gains or losses on open
contracts.
Deposits and Demand Notes
Payable
The fair
value of demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, savings, and demand
notes payable to U.S. Treasury is the amount payable on demand at the reporting
date. The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting the
future cash flows using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar
remaining maturities.
Securities Sold Under
Agreements to Repurchase
For
securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the carrying value is a
reasonable estimate of fair value.
FHLB and Short-term FRB
Borrowings
The fair
value of FHLB and FRB borrowings is estimated based upon discounted future cash
flows using a discount rate comparable to the current market rate for such
borrowings.
Junior Subordinated
Debentures
Because
the Company’s junior subordinated debentures were issued at a floating rate, the
carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
Commitments to Extend Credit
and Standby Letters of Credit
Commitments
to extend credit and standby letters of credit are generally short-term and at
variable interest rates. Therefore, both the carrying value and estimated fair
value associated with these instruments are immaterial.
Limitations
Fair
value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market
information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do
not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at
one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument.
Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial
instruments, fair value estimates are based on many judgments. These estimates
are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant
judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in
assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
Fair
value estimates are based on existing on and off-balance sheet financial
instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future
business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered
financial instruments. Significant assets and liabilities that are not
considered financial instruments include the deferred income taxes and premises
and equipment. In addition, the tax
ramifications
related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a
significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the
estimates.
The
carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments
at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
Carrying
Amount
|
|
Estimated
Fair
Value
|
|
Carrying
Amount
|
|
Estimated
Fair
Value
|
|
(dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
$
|
27,929
|
|
27,929
|
|
29,800
|
|
29,800
|
Investment
securities available for sale
|
$
|
124,916
|
|
126,539
|
|
120,968
|
|
120,968
|
Other
investments
|
$
|
6,303
|
|
6,303
|
|
6,434
|
|
6,434
|
Loans,
net
|
$
|
770,163
|
|
773,256
|
|
713,174
|
|
713,689
|
Cash
surrender value of life insurance
|
$
|
7,019
|
|
7,019
|
|
6,776
|
|
6,776
|
Derivative
instruments
|
$
|
4,981
|
|
4,981
|
|
1,907
|
|
1,907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits
and demand notes payable
|
$
|
722,662
|
|
718,278
|
|
695,239
|
|
695,659
|
Securities
sold under agreements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to
repurchase
|
$
|
37,501
|
|
37,501
|
|
27,583
|
|
27,583
|
Short-term
FRB borrowings
|
$
|
5,000
|
|
4,999
|
|
-
|
|
-
|
FHLB
borrowings
|
$
|
77,000
|
|
83,038
|
|
87,500
|
|
90,223
|
Junior
subordinated debentures
|
$
|
20,619
|
|
20,619
|
|
20,619
|
|
20,619
|
(17) Peoples
Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (Parent Company Only) Condensed Financial
Statements
Balance
Sheets
|
|
|
|
|
December
31, 2008 and 2007
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
$
|
25,599,529
|
|
725,416
|
Interest-bearing
time deposit
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
8,000,000
|
Investment
in subsidiaries
|
|
89,406,831
|
|
80,703,540
|
Investment
securities available for sale
|
|
1,811,123
|
|
1,374,581
|
Other
assets
|
|
415,483
|
|
251,724
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
assets
|
$
|
122,232,966
|
|
91,055,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Shareholders'
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued
expenses
|
$
|
485,540
|
|
334,679
|
Junior
subordinated debentures
|
|
20,619,000
|
|
20,619,000
|
Shareholders'
equity
|
|
101,128,426
|
|
70,101,582
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
liabilities and shareholders' equity
|
$
|
122,232,966
|
|
91,055,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statements
of Earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For
the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues:
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends
from subsidiaries
|
$
|
1,929,455
|
|
|
4,811,203
|
|
|
3,855,556
|
Interest
and dividend income
|
|
442,693
|
|
|
463,866
|
|
|
672,922
|
Loss
on sale of securities
|
|
(327,013
|
)
|
|
(235,950
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
revenues
|
|
2,045,135
|
|
|
5,039,119
|
|
|
4,528,478
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
1,016,361
|
|
|
1,475,701
|
|
|
1,962,692
|
Other
operating expenses
|
|
243,849
|
|
|
266,146
|
|
|
786,014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
expenses
|
|
1,260,210
|
|
|
1,741,847
|
|
|
2,748,706
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings
before income tax benefit and equity in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
undistributed
earnings of subsidiaries
|
|
784,925
|
|
|
3,297,272
|
|
|
1,779,772
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
tax benefit
|
|
389,200
|
|
|
514,800
|
|
|
705,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings
before undistributed earnings in subsidiaries
|
|
1,174,125
|
|
|
3,812,072
|
|
|
2,485,572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
in undistributed earnings in subsidiaries
|
|
5,216,438
|
|
|
5,779,899
|
|
|
6,685,245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
earnings
|
$
|
6,390,563
|
|
|
9,591,971
|
|
|
9,170,817
|
Statements
of Cash Flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For
the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
Cash
flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
earnings
|
$
|
6,390,563
|
|
|
9,591,971
|
|
|
9,170,817
|
|
Adjustments
to reconcile net earnings to net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cash
provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
461,298
|
|
Book
value shares accrual
|
|
136,130
|
|
|
158,678
|
|
|
128,444
|
|
Equity
in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
|
|
(5,216,438
|
)
|
|
(5,779,899
|
)
|
|
(6,685,245
|
)
|
Deferred
income tax benefit
|
|
(52,855
|
)
|
|
(61,551
|
)
|
|
(49,520
|
)
|
Loss
on sale of investment securities
|
|
327,013
|
|
|
235,950
|
|
|
-
|
|
Change
in:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
assets
|
|
(3,167
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Accrued
income
|
|
(16,876
|
)
|
|
1,603
|
|
|
(1,421
|
)
|
Accrued
expense
|
|
14,731
|
|
|
(253,748
|
)
|
|
25,975
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash provided by operating activities
|
|
1,579,101
|
|
|
3,893,004
|
|
|
3,050,348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds
from sales of investment securities available for sale
|
|
3,167
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(6,000,000
|
)
|
Purchases
of investment securities available for sale
|
|
(1,000,000
|
)
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Net
change in interest-bearing time deposit
|
|
3,000,000
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(6,000,000
|
)
|
Purchases
of other investments
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(600,000
|
)
|
Purchase
of equity in PEBK Capital Trust II
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(619,000
|
)
|
Proceeds
from liquidation of PEBK Capital Trust I
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
433,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash used by investing activities
|
|
2,003,167
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(6,786,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds
from issuance of trust preferred securities
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
20,619,000
|
|
Repayments
of trust preferred securities
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(14,433,000
|
)
|
Proceeds
from issuance of preferred stock
|
|
25,054,000
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
Cash
dividends paid
|
|
(2,679,828
|
)
|
|
(2,331,203
|
)
|
|
(1,905,556
|
)
|
Cash
paid in lieu of fractional shares
|
|
-
|
|
|
(3,355
|
)
|
|
(6,426
|
)
|
Common
stock repurchased
|
|
(1,126,275
|
)
|
|
(2,810,907
|
)
|
|
(425,000
|
)
|
Proceeds
from exercise of stock options
|
|
43,948
|
|
|
330,997
|
|
|
1,014,425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
cash provided (used) by financing activities
|
|
21,291,845
|
|
|
(4,814,468
|
)
|
|
4,863,443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
change in cash
|
|
24,874,113
|
|
|
(921,464
|
)
|
|
1,127,791
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
at beginning of year
|
|
725,416
|
|
|
1,646,880
|
|
|
519,089
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
at end of year
|
$
|
25,599,529
|
|
|
725,416
|
|
|
1,646,880
|
|
DIRECTORS
AND OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
DIRECTORS
Robert C. Abernethy –
Chairman
Chairman
of the Board, Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and Peoples
Bank;
President,
Secretary and Treasurer, Carolina Glove Company, Inc. (glove
manufacturer)
James S.
Abernethy
President
and Assistant Secretary, Midstate Contractors, Inc. (paving
company)
Douglas S.
Howard
Vice
President, Howard Ventures, Inc. (private equity firm)
John W. Lineberger,
Jr.
President,
Lincoln Bonded Warehouse Company (commercial warehousing facility)
Gary E.
Matthews
President
and Director, Matthews Construction Company, Inc. (general
contractor)
Billy L. Price, Jr.
MD
Practicing
Internist and Partner, Catawba Valley Internal Medicine, PA
Larry E.
Robinson
President
and Chief Executive Officer, The Blue Ridge Distributing Co., Inc. (beer and
wine distributor)
William Gregory (Greg)
Terry
Executive
Vice President, Drum & Willis-Reynolds Funeral Homes and
Crematory
Dan Ray Timmerman,
Sr.
President/CEO,
Timmerman Manufacturing, Inc. (wrought iron furniture, railings and gates
manufacturer)
Benjamin I.
Zachary
President,
Treasurer and Director, Alexander Railroad Company
OFFICERS
Tony W.
Wolfe
President
and Chief Executive Officer
A. Joseph
Lampron
Executive
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Treasurer
Joseph F. Beaman,
Jr.
Executive
Vice President and Corporate Secretary
Lance A.
Sellers
Executive
Vice President and Assistant Corporate Secretary
William D. Cable,
Sr.
Executive
Vice President and Assistant Corporate Treasurer